Full text of "The General Magazine Vol32i1"

See other formats

The

ight & Magic II

^ ■— 'j

The Battles for Alexander's Empire

BABYLON,
323 BC,

ALEXANDER

THE GREAT

DIED.

HE LEFT NO

CLEAR HEIR

AND NO

INSTRUCTIONS

ON WHO IS

TO SUCCEED

HIM.

'0 ZEUS HAVE

MERCY,

KINGDOM,

OF THE
D A R D A N

t .is- .. .
„,---' <<El H O D E S

<&\ f s f^S<> u m

4 j

rife*

'"^ ^1

u_)

(_ a

5 W

►2P

4 ^

>- jMH

s 1

:— 2*

►— ' - 1

O :■ ■fe'«

brU^y

/ 11 ,,2I>

2 £

o". cflfiit

3 1

u 1Kb

dBH

eju IK

i i HJI

LU TSfc^l

oo 1

PORTION OF MAP SHOWK AT 50% ACTUAL SIZE

SAMPLE ROYAL FAMILY UNITS:

SAMPLE COM HAT UNITS:

SUCCESSORS is a 2- to 4-player strategy game of conquest and civil

war in the Macedonian and Greek world. Players control a faction of

two or more generals and try to win through conquest or by gaining

legitimacy through the royal family. The game comes witii a large 32"

x 22" game board, 64 event cards, 100+ die-cut combat pieces, and

200+ die-cut political markers.

4-page Quick-Start Scenario Included! T U free; 1-800-999-3222 • WWW.avalonhill.com

Avalon Hill Game Company

DIVISION OF MONARCH AVALON. INC.

I 4517 Harford Road
Baltimore, MD 21214
© 1997 Avalon Hill Game Company

■

j^ VOL.32, N0.1 ■ The GENERAL ^

Contents

Features

Arachnid Strategy 6

Bug primer for STARSHIP TROOPERS * J.C. Connors

SERIES REPLAY— STARSHIP TROOPERS 7

Battle 6 • Christopher Lawrence, J.C. Connors and Stuart K. Tucker

New Battles for STARSHIP TROOPERS 9

Battles 14 and 15 • Christopher Lawrence and J.C. Connors

No Guts, No Glory 1 1

Sitrep for PRINCESS RYAN'S STAR MARINES • Michael Welker

Fight Like a Man, Not an Ore 13

Laptop reference for WarCraft II • Mark G. McLaughlin

Going for the Throat 1 6

Handicapping TITAN: THE ARENA • Michael Welker

Alone in Outer Space 17

Solitaire STELLAR CONQUEST • Charles E. Duke

Grand DUNE 19

The 9-player variant revisited • Alan Arvold

Contracting the Expansion 21

Varying the DUNE variants • Stuart K. Tucker

It Doesn't Get Any Better Than This 24

The AvalonCon'97 Report • Stuart K. Tucker

Ten Tactics and Tips for Heroes of Might & Magic II 38

Refining your skills in this classic • Rick Moscatello

Raiders and Rivets 42

Tips for The Great War at Sea • Charles Bahl

Beach by Beach, Part 2 44

Gold, Juno and Sword in BREAKOUT: NORMANDY* Alan Applebaum

Zone of Control 49

Boardgame Review Section • ed. by John W. Kisner and John A. Walker

Firing from the Hip 58

First impressions of Imperialism • Mark G. McLaughlin

Alien Metamorphosis 6 1

Variants for Aliens • Stuart K. Tucker

Columns

AH Philosophy #179 5

Letters to the Editor 12

At the Kiosk 22

Contest #184 32

AvalonCon '97 Team Tournament 33

Question Box: MACHiAVELU ('95 ed.) 43

Up Periscope 59

Infiltrator's Report 60

Coming Attractions 61

Whispers 61

Firefight 62

Convention Calendar 62

Game Play is Fun and Fast!

Prepare yourself for quick and fierce battles of
survival This is the exclusive board game based on
this fail's blockbuster movie. As a Starship Trooper it's
your duty to stop these giant alien bugs by destroying
them one by one with your Morita assault rifle. You
might even risk a brave assault on their lair by tactical
nuke. As a bug, you're a deadly killer cutting down
anything foolish enough to stand in your path.
Easy-to-learn rules and the twenty battle scenarios
present endless challenges for exciting game play.

More Bugs . . . Will they ever
stop attacking?

You'll kill lots of bugs, but they keep bringing in more
and more reserves! The gigantic alien insects have
one relentless mission — survival! Each trooper and
each bug has special abilities that determine the
startling outcome of each game,

Starship Troopers-The Movie Game has a flexible
game system where you can create unique battlefields
and terrain. Game equipment includes a full-color
battle mapboard, terrain tiles, and 24 vinyl stand-up
bug and trooper pieces.

Caii to Battle!

Starship Troopers is the latest game creation from
Avalon Hill, the leading publisher of games of skill.
Designed for 2 to 4 players, the game is suitable for
ages 10 to adult. A typical game can be played in just
under an hour.

Starship Troopers is available at your local game store, or call
Avalon Hill Game Company

DIVISION OF MONARCH AVALON, INC.

4517 Harford Road, Baltimore, MD 21214
• 410-254-9200 • 1-800-999-3222 > www.avalonhill.com

The

Vol,32,No.l 'AVALON Hill

The GENERAL is dedicated to Ihe presentation of authoritative
articles on the strategy, tactics and variations of games of skill.
Historical articles are included only insomuch as they provide use-
ful background information on covered games. The GBNBRAL is
published by The Avalon Hill Game Company solely for the cul-
tural edification of the serious game aficionado. In the hopes of
improving the game owner's proficiency of play and providing
services not otherwise available Eo the game buff. The AvaEon Hill
Game Company is a division of Monarch-Avalon Industries, Inc.
The shares of Monarch- Avalon, Inc. are publicly traded on the
NASDAQ System under the symbol MAH1. For information about
the company, write Marshall Chadwell at Ihe executive offices
(4517 Harford Road, Baltimore, md 21214).

Publication is bi-monlhly with mailings made close to the begin-
ning ol January, March, May, July, September and November. Ail
editorial and gen oral mail should be sent to:
Avalon Hill Game Company
4517 Harford Road • Baltimore, MO 21214
One-year subscriptions are S1 8.00. Two-year subscriptions
are $29.00. Alt domestic subscriptions sent via bulk permit.
Domestic First Class Delivery and all subscriptions to Canada and
Mexico must pay an additional S18.C0 per year postage charge.
All overseas subscribers must add an additional $30.00 per year
postage charge. Send checks or money orders only. Avalon Hill
Game Company is not responsible lor cash losl in transit. Those
with a currenl American Express, VISA or MasterCard may call
800-999-322:2 loll tree to renew subscriptions or order
merchandise. Absolutely no complaints or questions will be
handled on this extension. Any business oiher than a credit card
purchase musl be handled by mail. Address changes must be
submitted at least six weeks in advance to guarantee delivery.
Convention announcements must be received at least six months
in advance and contain Information pertaining to Avalon Hill
Game Company's games in use-
Articles are considered lor publication at the discrelion of our
editorial staff. For detailed information on how to prepare a manu-
script, please request a copy ol our •'submission guidelines,"
Online Service Addresses:
You may now order through our company Website:
www.avalonhill.com E-Mail: ahgeneial9aol.com (Magazine),
ahgames® aol.com (Company)
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF; Stuart K. Tucker
ZOC EDITOR: John Kisner
LAYOUT: Georgia Wilson

GRAPHICS: Jean Baer, Jason Behnke, J.C, Connors, Kurt Miller
and Georgia Wilson
AVALONCON PHOTOS: Kurt Miller
COVER ART: Tri-Star Piclures, Inc.
SUBSCRIPTIONS: Donna Engle
ADVERTISING: Ed Weiss

Purchase of Games, and Magazines: '300-999-3322
FOREIGN DISTRIBUTORS; Readers are urged to make sub-
scription arrangements with Iheir appropriate agent (address
shown where phone number no! available). (PC) before name
dene Ees software games only: Australia: (PC) Directsoft-
Wahroonga NSW 2076, 482-3455, Jedko Games Lid. (Victoria)
S55-1022; Belgium: SPRL Prolude (32 Ave. de Teruuren, Box
32, 1040 Bruxelles); Canada; (PC) Beamscope (Scarborough)
416-291-0000, (PC) Dureorn Micro (Quebec) 416-292-0094, Multi
Micro Dist. (Scarborough) 514-354-3310, Lion Rampart (Ontario)
905-572-6*46, Draclus (Ottawa) 744-5225. E&K Kroeger (Scar-
borough) 416-752-5382, L'Avenir (Montreal) 341-1561, Northwest
Game Traders (Cambridge) 623-5282, TD Imports (Alberta) 403-
252-2006, (Ontario) 905-624-2301 ; Denmark; Fafner Games
(Gentofle) 453- 165-5625, Faros Cigarer (Copenhagen) 332-221 1 :
Finland: Fantasiapelil Tudeer Oy (Vantaa) 872-5950; France:
(PC) Alsyd (Meylan) 4 76 41 8505. Ludis International (Balma)
56124-7878, Jeux Acluets (Caillquel) 3226-22S7, Jeux Descartes
(Paris) 4648-4620; Germany: Das Spiel (Hamberg) 4044-8687,
Games fn (Munich) 89555767, Welt der Spiel (Frankfurt) 699-502-
1141; Great Britain: Chart Hobbies (Lrttlehampton) 0-1903-
773170. Esdevium Games 1252-26116. Hobby Games Ltd. (W.
Sussex) 1903-730998; Greece: P Mamalis Ludo (Alhens) 293-
2203. Kaissa Chess & Games (Athens) 3606463; Hong Kong:
Wargames Club (Hong Kong) 417-1587: Italy: Fernando Ferram
(Verona) 8000319. Stratelibri (Milanc) 295-10317; Japan: Post
Hobby (Tokyo) 3351-0471; Netherlands: 999 Games (Amster-
dam) 644-5794, Capful Books (Amsterdam) 625-5537: New
Zealand: Unicom 377-4248; Norway: AEH Hobby (Pilestredet 7.
0180 Oslo 1): Portugal: Frente Crl (PC. Duque de Saldanha 20,
R'CO 1000, Usboa) 1545153; Singapore: Wong International
(Singapore) 545-3995, South Atrica: Gamma Games Ltd. (P.O.
Box 2904, Capetown 8000), Wizards Warehouse (Capetown)
461-9719: Spain: Joe Internacional (Barcelona) 345-8565, Maipe
Juegos (Madrid) 544-4319, Distrimagen (Madrid) 3889898 per
WW 388-7282, (PC) System 4 (Madrid) 383-2480; Sweden: Top
Games 3177-42225.

IF VOU CHANGE YOUR ADDRESS: Inform us immediately! The
Post Office destroys undeliverable magazines even il you leave
a forwarding address. The Avalon Hill Game Company
assumes no responsibility for issues lost due to an invalid
address. Please state both your new and old address.

TTHI AVM®M GaCDJ,

pMEWpRf

Part 179

The Obsolescent Gamer

ISSN 0868-1061

It was just ihe most thrilling convention yet.

No matter what coverage is given to
AvalonCon. the offices of The GEN-
ERAL will receive complaints. If no
coverage is provided, still there will he com-
plaints. Given this lose-lose situation, what's
an editor to do? How is it possible to please
such a diverse magazine readership? Some of
you never want to hear a word more about
AvalonCon, others crave the deepest details,
and still others find the format not balanced
to the right level of coverage of their favorite
events. In 1996, I provided a three -part sum-
mary (including one on Juniors events) of as
many events as were reported to me — which
didn't fit into one issue of the magazine. I
found it inadequate (in that details were min-
ima]), yet overwhelming (in that AvalonCon
has so many events that the whole summary
is hard to digest). I pared it to what t thought
was the absolute minimum, yet I still
received reader complaints that it took up too
much space (which should have been devoted
to game strategy articles).

Determined to continue to propound about
the hobby's best gaming convention, I
returned to my office in August, and sent out
the usual letters reminding game masters to
send me summary material. As time-consum-
ing as the effort was in 1996, it looked like
1997 would be worse — fewer submissions,
slower responses to requests, very uneven
material. I concluded one thing from the situ-
ation — C-Ms are just as interested in playing
the games as the rest of you. The competi-
tion, comradery and plaque count the most. A
summary blurb is a lower priority. Perhaps
after many years of volunteerism, GMs are
coming to believe thai this great convention
has to be experienced to be believed, and that
preaching to the converted serves little pur-
pose, while the skeptics won't read anyway.
As much as I'd like to believe that many a
participant cares to hear what happened in the
final rounds after he or she was eliminated,
docs that justify printing these summaries for
others to read?

With volume 31, number 6 stuffed with
material to the point of having no series
replay, and with many GMs delinquent with
their responses, I opted in September to pub-
lish only the list of champions and photos.
Now, as the weather turns cold and thoughts

of conventions are replaced with holiday
preparations, I realize that my task is no
easier. Therefore, instead of sinking into the
dead- of- the- winter blues, let us redefine the
task. I' 11 personalize the report. This will jilt
a few gamers who were off playing in a
different dimension than I (seemingly in the
same time and space, but not exactly), but
this report will have a few more juicy details
about individual events — details which may
tell you something about the experiences
people have at the convention. Rather than
distill the whole convention into an inedible
mass, I provide in the article on page 24 a
smorgasboard of my activities, with the
ca\e;u that much more happened than met
my eyes. I offer it for the curious — for the
tentative ones who still haven't taken the
plunge — and for those who like to remember
and relive a few of the convention's
moments.

A great many of you will skip the Avalon-
Con report. After all. the gaming industry of
today is more into gigabytes, sound cards and
RAM management than the thrill of human
competition (computer game sales in millions
versus boardgame sales in thousands). Many
readers are happy to play their games in the
midnight glow of their monitor, rather than
search to fit human players and playing time
into their busy lives. Call me an obsolescent
gamer, but I fully understand the tyranny of
hardware capitalism. While my brain remains
sound — and some might say improved from
1992— my home computer is considered
defunct (has been for some time, from the
point of view of playing games). Computer
gaming has dwindled to less than five per cent
of my hobby time (and dependent upon bor-
rowing equipment). The thrill of die unpre-
dictable, but adaptable, human opponent still
holds the greatest allure for me.

I consistently buy on the technological
cutting edge and then hold as long as the
equipment remains viable before buying
again. As a certified penny pincher, I don't
let the industry tell me that I should upgrade
constantly (spending $ 1 000/year to be able to
play the latest and greatest game). From a
work point of view, my 1992 PC still
manages (and is finally depreciated by IRS
standards). Sure, I could have benefitted from

->-->—>-->-->- (Continued on p. 58)

nid Strategy

By J.C. Connors

The Arachnids of STARSH1P TROOPERS
are always working at a disadvantage.
Bugs are completely ineffective at long
range, and even when the bugs are mono a memo
with a trooper, the MI will usually manage to kill
it before the bug has a chance to attack. Many
Arachnid players will find themselves charging
headlong at the troopers hoping a few bugs break
through to get a kill or two. This is a desperate
strategy that rarely works. Even if a bug does
manage to get an unlucky trooper, the tremen-
dous loss of bugs will cripple the Arachnids for
the rest of the scenario.

All-out "bug charges" have their place in
STARSHIP TROOPERS, but the bugs must time
them perfectly. Timing and positioning are the
keys to bug strategy. Oftentimes, a game of
STARSHIP TROOPERS will be over in less than
five turns. Even though the bugs get constant rein-
forcements, the short nature of scenarios often
make these reinforcements ineffectual. Arachnid
players can never afford to waste ttieir hordes on
anything less than a well-limed, full-scale, com-
bined attack of Warriors, Hoppers and Tankers.

THE FIVE- YARD STAND

Bugs should never recklessly charge the MI.
In good movie fashion, the hugs should take a
cinematic pause before their attack, scream a
fierce battle cry. and then charge headlong into
the humans.

In game terms, this means stopping five hexes
away from the troopers. If a trooper is not within
your Warriors" movement range, stop five hexes
away. Trooper fire is very inaccurate at this range,
and your bugs will probably be able to strike the
troopers on their next movement. You can usually
hover with most of your bugs at this range until
they are all in position to attack. When they are all
in range, attack mercilessly from all sides. Every
trooper should have a bug on him.

Never, ever, position a bug two hexes from a
trooper who can see him. The MI will waste your
bug at that range. Tankers are the only exception
to this rule, because their fiery spray can hit
troopers from this range.

CLIFFHANGING

If the troopers are on the high ground and
your bug holes are on low ground, move your
bugs in the valley and hug the edges of the cliffs.
Whether preparing for an attack, or simply dri-
ving to another position, stay close to those
cliffs. Warriors can usually catch up with the
troopers from these cliffsides, even considering
the movement penalty. Hoppers have no prob-
lems at all operating from below the cliffsides
(often jumping behind the troopers, possibly into
a low-ground valley adjacent to a trooper).

This strategy must be altered when the troop-
ers are on the low ground and the Arachnids are
on the high ground. Hexes adjacent to the edge
will draw fire. Stay away from an edge hex to

keep your bugs out of attack range. In situations
like this, ignore the terrain and stick to the "five-
yard stand" tactic.

HOPPER TACTICS

With high speed and an excellent defense.
Hoppers are the deadliest weapon in the bugs'
arsenal. Their seven-hex movement ability
makes it tempting to attack with them alone,
launching them before the arrival of slower
Warriors and Tankers to attack a trooper. Gen-
erally, this isn't a smart tactic (unless you can
receive no other reinforcement and the bug holes
are conveniently placed). Without the Warriors
to absorb MI firepower, the great defense value
of a Hopper won't save it. Instead, wait for the
Warriors to gel into position. Then use your
Hoppers to attack with them.

When choosing the Hopper's target, pick
either the deadliest MI (usually Nuke or Sugar)
or the weakest (Carmen and Zander — "fleet and
MI don't mix"). Always try to use your two
Hoppers together to threaten a single opponent.
The advantage of picking a target like Nuke is
that the Hoppers are more likely to withstand a
trooper counterattack, because Nuke can't fire at
close range. When the troopers see their vital
unit endangered, they'll open fire on the Hop-
pers, With some luck, one of your Hoppers will
survive the burst to kill Nuke. Even if both Hop-
pers are killed, the troopers will have wasted
enough firepower to allow some of your War-
riors to survive and pick them off.

Picking a weak target is also a smart tactic.
Trooper players are more likely to ignore die
weaker MI and concentrate firepower on the
Warriors endangering their better units. This
almost guarantees the Hoppers a quick kill. It
doesn't lake many losses to cripple the troopers.
Plus, this leaves your Hoppers around for a sec-
ond assault.

TANKER TACTICS

Troopers fear the plodding Tankers. With a
tough armored shell, Tankers can usually walk
right up to the line of troopers without much fear.
Though a Tanker has a high defense value, never
allow more than three troopers to get a shot at
one. Even if it means sacrificing a Warrior or two
in a suicidal rash to draw trooper fire, don't let
your Tanker make loo many saving rolls.

Try not to give the Ml a chance to knock
one out from a distance. Like all of the other
bugs. Tankers should stay five hexes from the
troopers. Because of their slow movement,
Tankers usually can't get immediately into
striking range from this distance. Launch a
massive assault with your Warriors and Hop-
pers, while your Tankers follow in the rear. The
main assault will give the Tanker the time to
close with the Ml. Furthermore, the Tanker
should be able lo hit a trooper with his fiery
spit from a two-hex range.

HEAD HOPPERS VARIANT

In the movie "Starship Troopers." the Hop-
pers had the unnerving ability to swoop down
and use dieir razor-sharp legs to decapitate a
trooper. This deadly tactic is difficult to emulate
in the game because Hoppers (like all bugs)
must stop before they attack.

Try this variant. Hoppers may try to decapitate
a trooper on the move. In order to do this, the Hop-
per may not have moved during die bug move-
ment phase. During the bug attack phase, the Hop-
per moves over the hex of the trooper and contin-
ues to move, landing on an unoccupied space. The
Hopper attacks the trooper (as if at a range of one
hex) as it flies by, costing an extra movement
point to conduct the attack. If the attack hits and
the trooper fails its defense roll, the trooper's head
falls to the ground severed from his body. Any
trooper thai did not fire in the trooper attack phase
may fire a single round at such a Hopper at any
one point along its flight path. Any trooper which
did not fire and is also the target of a Hopper's
flying attack can fire two rounds, but in so doing
does not get a defense die roll when the Hopper
attacks. Any trooper covering his buddies against
flying attacks shouldn't be thinking of ducking,
anyway!

Firepower Effectiveness

(percentage chance of killing target)

Attack

Defense Value:

Value

5 @ I roil

14%

28%

42%

56%

69%

(grenade)

4 @ 1 roll

2 rolls

3 rolls

4 rolls

3 ® 1 roll

2 rolls

3 rolls

4 rolls

2 @ 1 roll

2 rolls

3 rolls

4 rolls

1 @ 1 roll

2 rolls

3 rolls

4 rolls

Jam Probabilities

Nuke

2.8%

Other Weapons

@ 1-2 rounds

—

@ 3 rounds

2.8

@ 4 rounds

4.2

Grenade

16.7

SERIES REPLAY

STARSH1P TROOPERS

Battle 6

Troopers: Christopher Lawrence

Arachnids: J.C. Connors

Neutral Commentary: Stuart K. Tucker

rhis series replay covers Battle 6 from the
new STARSHIP TROOPERS game
based on the movie. The action of this
battle isn 't seen in the movie, but is typical of the
action on Planet P. Plasma bolts have knocked
down a drop ship carrying very important psy-
chics (VIPs). A retrieval boat is sent to the scene
(the Green Squad), but dares not lift off in the
proximity of plasma bugs. A nearby squad of the
Mobile Infantry (the Black Squad) is sent on foot
to the rescue, with the role of nuking the plasma
bugs and Iwlping save the wounded from bugs
popping out of the ground. The goal of the
Arachnid player is to kill the VIPs or destroy the
retrieval boat and functioning drop ship.

Tile rules of the game are introduced in
stages, allowing play of battles without mastery
of every rule. For this replay, Chris and J.C. opt
to use all game rules (most Importantly includ-
ing jams and split fire).

PRE-GAME COMMENTARY

TROOPERS

I hate this scenario. I hate plasma bugs. The
only good thing about this mission is the lack of
tanker bugs. Although the black sub-colony is
closer than I could have hoped, I'm glad to see
that J.C. hasn't set his plasma bugs on the
nearby high ground. The longer he delays mov-
ing them forward, the longer I have to prune
down his forces. I plan to keep Green Squad sta-
tionary, guarding the wounded VIPs, while rush-
ing Black Squad toward them as quickly as pos-
sible. Time to move out. On the bounce!

BUGS

My plasma bugs are my greatest strength and
greatest vulnerability. With an amazing long-
range attack, the plasma bugs are capable of
causing immediate casualties to Chris' troopers.
They are also far more reliable than the hordes
of warriors and hoppers who are usually des-
tined to die just a few feet from a trooper. The
plasma bugs are the key to this scenario.

Looking at Chris' setup, I opt to keep my bug
holes close to the high ground. My warrior bugs
will probably be mowed down fairly quickly
given all the trooper firepower that Chris has at
his disposal (including an ungodly Drop ship can-
non). My dead warriors (as reinforcements) need
to be able to jump right back into the fray. Bug
holes positioned farther away would cause them
to be a full turn from the high ground.

With my bugs in place, I see two radically dif-
ferent strategies. Knowing that plasma bugs are
the key, I can use them either offensively or
defensively. The offensive plan would see mem

leap onto the high ground and barrage the troop-
er's from medium to long range — good odds in
my favor. However, since the troopers always fire
first, there's a good chance of Nuke being able to
wipe out one of my plasma bugs before it could
cause a casualty. That's not a chance I warn to
take, so I decide on a more conservative plan.

Bug victory is all about timing. Charging a
few of my Arachnids at the troopers will
undoubtedly fail. Charging all of the bugs at the
troopers will cause a quick bug victory. I realize
that my plasma bugs are no exception to this
rule. Rather than leaping into attack positions by
themselves, I decide to inch them along the sides
of the canyon to get them into short range from
the wounded psychics. Once there, a full assault
of warriors, hoppers and plasma bugs will over-
whelm the Mobile Infantry (Ml). The fact that
there are no tanker bugs to lead the assault is
much lamented!

NEUTRAL COMMENTATOR

Despite Chris' desire to choose the battle
based upon which scenario his MI could win, we
decided to tackle Battle 6: The Crash Site. This
battle puts half of the troopers in the role of res-
cuing the other half, all under the fire of plasma
bugs. It's a nasty but exciting situation, but by
no means pro-bug. The MI gets the firepower
and defensive cover of the retrieval boat and
drop ship. Furthermore, the plasma bug arriving
in the R sector may find few targets without
climbing the main plateau, putting it danger-
ously close to the ships' guns. The biggest
advantage is that they can post the green plasma
bug on the distant plateau near Rl and lob a
series of scattered shots in the direction of W I .
This necessitates that the MI disperse his setup
to avoid giving the missed plasma shots a high
probability of hitting adjacent targets. It is
tempting to ring the MI together near Wl, using
the destroyed drop ship and the retrieval boat as
movement barriers to protect a flank. This must
be carefully weighed against the risks of con-
centration in the face of plasma fire.

The second key for the MI is getting Nuke
into a firing position that will quickly protect the
forces being rescued. While MI can trade blasts
with plasma bugs, never miss an opportunity to
drop the nuke shot on a cluster of warriors.

Given the large MI firepower arrayed against
the bugs, J.C. will have to orchestrate his waves
of warriors to maximum effect. After the initial
onslaught, the bugs will be primarily relying
upon plasma shots. I advocate rushing Nuke as
he moves towards the rescue area. A warrior
rush of the retrieval zone can be blown away if
done too soon, while the Ml still have signifi-

cant firepower. It is best to soften the MI up with
plasma shots, while moving under cover of the
ravines to positions that will threaten Nuke's
group. As long as Nuke is operational, the bugs
will be in big trouble in this battle.

SETUP COMMENTARY

Chris chooses to set up his Wl forces behind
the smoke of the downed drop ship. He wisely
splits the two wounded bodies apart, but con-
centrates the rest of the force. I'd recommend
that Chris split up these Green Squad troops in
the first movement phase, just in case the plasma
bugs take to the high ground.

J.C. has spread his forces around the setup
locations in an appropriately ambiguous manner,
disguising his true intentions. Each plasma bug
can move several directions toward high ground.

TURN 1

Black Squad troopers move west, hugging
the crater rim. Green bugs move south toward
the plateau. Black bugs split into two forces.
One, consisting of the hopper and two war-
riors, moves onto the plateau at a range of five
from the troopers. The others move west under
cover of the cliffs.

The exposed black bugs come under fire. One
trooper at a time designates targets) and fires
rounds (rolling a six-sided die for each attack
round), followed by the target rolling a saving die
for each hit. Attack phase notation will be in this
form: Rff(ff) (range number, attack value in
parentheses)^ #,# (die roll values and effects),
s=#,# (defender's saving die rolls and effects).

Dizzy vs. near warrior R6(l)- 6,4 (miss).
Shujumi same warrior R5( I )= 5,5 (miss).
Sugar vs. hopper R8(l)= 1,2,5 hit), s=3

(save),
Johnny vs. hopper R5(J)= 3,3 (miss).
Drop ship splitting fire, vs. hopper R6(3)= 5,5

(miss); vs. near warrior) R6(3)= 4

(miss).

TROOPER TURN 1

As planned, 1 rush Black Squad toward the
retrieval boat without fear of bug attack, while
Green Squad holds in place. I would normally
move both squads together, but this battle
requires me to guard the immobilized psycliics
(curse you, Doogie Howser). As it is, I hope
brain bug J.C. will order an attack with the green
warriors, trapping them between my two squads.

I can't remember a more ineffective turn of
trooper fire. Did we leave the ammo on board
the drop ships? If my poor luck continues, this
should be a brief game.

BUG TURN 1

The drop ship is far too dangerous a target.
Its cannons can hlow apart bugs reliably within
medium range, and I don't want to risk my
plasma bugs that close to Nuke. It is a far better
strategy to destroy the retrieval boat, which

would leave Chris wondering whether my next
target would be the wounded psychics or the
drop ship.

I'm very tempted to pop up my black plasma
bug on to the high ground to get a quick shot at
Nuke. However, 1 don't want to endanger my

plasma bug thai fast. Nttke would have about a
50 per cent chance of hitting me, and then, if I
survived. I'd have the same to hit him. Not great
odds. I choose the high ground hex adjacent to
W6 for my black plasma bug. It may take a while
to get there, but if I can coordinate my combined
attack, the green troopers
■^■■■^^^H don't

Good thing Chris' aim is
lousy. With a little bit of luck,
a hopper next turn will take
out Nuke and end this battle
real fast. If not, my hoppers
will be back next turn to leap
right back into position for
another attack.

NEUTRAL

Chris kept a tight forma-
tion with his rescue forces and
moved toward the wounded in
the retrieval zone, being sure
to keep Nuke away from any
slopes where he could find
himself under attack with no
help from his backside.

J.C. missed a golden oppor-
tunity to rain plasma down on
the compact retrieval zone.
The retrieval boat doesn't
| block line of sight (LOS) and
the scatter of a missed shot is
very likely to hit something
valuable — like a wounded
body. His move of the green
plasma bug south is a big mis-
take. It'll take way too long to
reach high ground; in the
meantime, he'll miss many an
opportunity. On the other
hand, the MI must take out the
plasma bugs to win, so perhaps
J.C. is playing for the long
term, hoping to have the
plasma bugs in a position to
support each other. His move-
ment of black bugs indicates
that he'd like to get the black
plasma bug into accurate range
of the retrieval /.one. This too
may be a mistake. The concen-
tration of Ml in the retrieval
zone could be hammered even
from the B3 plateau.

l.C ''sticks out a hip" by
placing two warriors and the
hopper on the plateau. These
are at a distant range and will
probably survive MI fire. It
looks like J.C. is preparing to
rush Nuke's group.

As it turns out, the MI
can't find the range. The
attacks against the hopper
were at low kill probabilities
(23, 16 and 44 per cent, see
the firepower effectiveness
table on page 6), as were those
against the lead warrior (21,
21 and 33 per cent). Although
Chris has some reason to
complain, at least he doesn't
lose anybody as a result of
these misfires.

TURN 2

Again, Green Squad holds, while Black
Squad moves toward it. Nuke moves to the
plateau's edge where he can target the green
bug hole.

The hoppers jump next to Nuke, while two
black warrior.'; attack the other end of Black
Squad. One green warrior takes advantage of
the smoke to edge closer to the wounded, with
only Carmen having a sight line for a shot. The
rest of the green and black warriors snuggle into
ravines close to the retrieval zone.

Drop ship splits fire, vs. near hopper R3{4)= 6
(miss); vs. far hopper R4(4}= 4,4 (two hits),
s= 5,5 (kill).

Ace vs. far black warrior R5(l)= 4,5 (miss).

Shujunii vs. same R!(4)= 2,4 (two hits), s= 2,4

(kill).
Dizzy vs. black hopper R2(4)= 4,4 (two hits), s=

2,2 (save).
Zander vs. same R2{3}= 1.3,3 (three hits), s=

3,3,5 (kill).
Zim vs. near black warrior R6(l)= 1,1.3 (two

hits), s= 4,4 (kill).
Carmen vs. green warrior R3( 1 )= 4,4,4.6 (miss.

jam).
Nuke vs. green bug hole R7= 11 (plugs hole).

Blast effect: Warrior s=2 (save).

TROOPER TURN 2

Green Squad continues to hold its ground and
Black Squad is moving forward at top speed. Sta-
tionary troopers gain an extra die in combat.
Thus. I prefer to advance by squads, leaving suf-

ficient forces with "overwafeh" duty. Separated
as the troopers are, however, doesn't leave me
with much choice but to push ahead with Black
Squad, so all but Johnny move. 1 position Nuke
where he can take a shot at the green bug hole.
Plugging that will significantly improve my odds
(by stopping green bug reinforcements).

Success! The bug attack on Black Squad is
easily repulsed, and Nuke manages to blast that
bug hole. Killing the two hoppers raises my
morale considerably, particularly since the green
hopper is out for good. I think J.C. may have
erred here by not waiting to hit me in force. He
will attack Green Squad next turn with seven
warriors, but as they still won't have the support
of the plasma bugs or the losses from this turn, I
think I can hold them off.

IVew Battles for STARSHIP TROOPERS

By J.C, Connors and Christopher Lawrence

The first question you may ask about the battles below is "where is Battle 13?" We've posted that one exclusively to our Web
site: www.avalon.com. We plan on putting additional battles on the Web site and in The GENERAL. Send us your ideas.

le 14: Massacre

rt Joe Smith

IMiIPWILDEM

BACKGROUND: Hoping to live in peace with the Bugs, and ignoring Federal warnings, Mormon settlers
established Port Joe Smith in the Arachnid Quarantine Zone. The presence of the humans on a planet
colonized by the Arachnids led to an Arachnid raid on the settlement.

Black Squad: Rasczak and four unarmed colonists (Defense Value 1) on or
adjacent to a Building or Listening Post.

Green Squad: Sugar and four unarmed colonists on or adjacent to a Building
or Listening Post.

Black Colony: 1 Hopper, 2 Warriors, 1 Bug Hole on or adjacent to R3.
Green Colony: 1 Hopper, 2 Warriors, 1 Bug Hole on or adjacent to B4.

VICTORY CONDITIONS: Each turn starting with turn 5, the Trooper player
rolls a die. On a 4-6, a Retrieval Boat lands to rescue the remaining
colonists. The Bugs win by killing all the colonists before the boat arrives.

MHIIH

Before the Bugs set up, the Troopers
should place the following cutouts:

• three 3-hex buildings next to B6,
W4 cmdR2,

• three I -hex listening posts next to
B5, BJ and W6.

In this scenario, these hexes provide
+2 to defense and block sight lines.
Bugs may not enter.

BACKGROUND: The assault on Planet P is in full swing. In order to track the underground movement of
the Bugs, the Mobile Infantry is establisliing listening posts across P. Can the Troopers prevent a Bug
surprise attack?

Black Squad: Nuke (6 rounds), Johnny, Dizzy, Shujumi on or adjacent to W6.

Green Squad: Rasczak, Zim, Sugar, Ace on or adjacent to W3.

Black Colony: 1 Hopper, 1 Tanker, 4 Warriors, 2 Bug Holes.
Green Colony: 1 Hopper, 1 Tanker, 4 Warriors, 2 Bug Holes.

VICTORY CONDITIONS: The Troopers must establish and main-
tain two-man listening posts at R4, 114 and B4, and must close
existing bug holes. A hstening post is considered to be in oper-
ation if a Trooper is on the post's hex and another Trooper is in
an adjacent hex. Any other result is a Bug victory.

map rduchu

MAP WHOM

Before the Troopers set up, the Bugs should place
the following cutouts:

• 3-hex boulder field, one hex on Wl.

• 7 -hex lava field next to B3 andB5.

• 4-hex boulder field, one hex on H5.
During the Bug Reinforcement phase, the Bug
player rolls a die for each quadrant having no lis-
tening post (except W). On a 1 or 2, a hole is
placed on a random drop zone in that quadrant.

BUG TURN 2

Needing to distract the Black Squad, I send
four bugs to their deaths. Chris needs to feel
threatened. Plus, if I cart take out a trooper or
two, it could make a big difference later.

My plasma bugs continue to get into posi-
tion. It's too late to change their strategy, which
is unfortunate because now Chris knows that
they won't be in firing positions for a few turns.
I can see that my warriors crawling along the
cliffsides are making him nervous, In a turn I'll
have the Green Squad troopers almost com-
pletely surrounded.

Whatever [ thought about the drop ship can-
nons before is doubly reinforced. I need to stay
far away from those tilings! One bug hole is
gone. Fortunately, a hopper is the only perma-
nent casualty at this point. While that hurts my
bug's mobility and chances to catch Nuke olT-
guard, my warriors are in a perfect tactical posi-
lion to eliminate Green Squad.

NEUTRAL COMMENTARY

Chris gets conservative widi movement,
letting Johnny stand to gain an extra attack
roll (but his other firepower deflects the
attack without Johnny's ammo). Nuke
moved one hex to view the green bug hole
from a range of seven (showing the folly of
placing that bug hole anywhere but to the
extreme SW).

J.C. decided to rush at Nuke with both
hoppers while two warriors hit the rescue
party from the south. This may be premature,
but with Nuke sighting the green bug hole,
he didn't have much choice. I fault his place-
ment of the hoppers, however. They could
have attacked Nuke from below (using tine
cliffs for cover). Only Dizzy would have had
a shot (and with a LOS to only one of them).
Chris did not adequately flank Nuke, but he
got away with it this time.

Meanwhile, J.C. used the cover of smoke
from the Wl drop ship to move closer to the
wounded. Only Carmen had a LOS on the
warrior, but I question this. He should have
awaited the arrival of die black warriors for
a simultaneous rush. This warrior, if he sur-
vived, would not get a melee attack until
next turn anyway. On the odier hand, Car-
men jammed her carbine, lifting J.C.'s spir-
its. Of course, the four-dice roll was used to
up the odds in what is a fairly tough shot for
the carbine at range 3 (38 per cent chance to
kill even with four attack rolls).

Chris killed the hoppers, saving Nuke
from death. Good thing, too — otherwise this
battle would be over. He split fire from his
most effective weapon, the H4 drop ship,
managing to kill the green hopper. One of
Zander's three hits finally killed the other
hopper. Zim and Zander both nearly
jammed their guns, too.

Nuke, with a breath of relief, let loose a
shot on the green hole and plugged it. The
nearby warrior saved himself from blast
effects. Apparently J.C was holding back
that warrior to keep a trooper from standing
on the bug hole to plug it. However, he could
have guarded against this and been in a safer
place at the same time. He lucked out here.
J.C. was left with no melee attacks and a
plugged hole. Things are not looking great.
It is hard to fault him for rushing Nuke; his

bug hole was threatened. However, had he not
rushed, he would still have the hopper for his big
wave attack next turn. The lack of a plasma bug
on high ground really hurt. The MI was in a tight
formation which made this kind of mutual lire
support deadly. J.C. had to soften up the MI or
at least scatter them a bit before trying to rush
them. He is playing into Chris' strongest posi-
tion — where both squads and the drop ship cre-
ate a deadly ground for the bugs.

TURN 3

Carmen's weapon repair roll (6) fails. Black
Squad moves forward, with Shujumi holding in
the overwatch role this time. The hugs launch
their wave assault against the western side of the
retrieval area, while the plasma hugs inch for-
ward closer to their high-ground destinations.

Shujumi vs. nearest black warrior R6(Jj= 2,4,6
(miss).

Zander vs. same R4(l)- 1,1,5 (two hits), s=4,5

(kill).
Johnny vs. northern green warrior R6(l)= 1,5

(hit), s= 1 (save).
Ace splitting fire. vs. western black warrior

R3{2)= 1 (hit), s= 5 (kill); vs. southern

black warrior R3(2j= 1,1 (two hits, jam), s-

1,1 (save).
Rasczak vs. southern green warrior R2(l)=

3,5,5,6 (miss). "Shoot off a leg and a warrior

is still 87 per cent effective!"
Zim splitting fire, vs. same Rl(4)= 2,3 (two hits)

s= 4.5 (kill); vs. other adjacent warrior

R}(4)= 4 (hit), s=6 (kill).
Sugar vs. southern black warrior R2(4)= 1,4,5

(two hits), s-6,6 (kill).
Dizzy vs. northern green warrior R5(l)= 2,5

(miss).

(continued pg. 30)

Wo Guts, No Glory

By Michael Welker -Jsf

TABLE 1

Ten hut! Now listen up. you people!
Any Star Marine worth his weight in
body armor would eat a bug to be in
your haby shoes. We've got big trouble and
we're the only people in the parsec with
enough firepower to handle the situation.
Her royal highness, your beloved Princess
Ryan, has been abducted. We have orders to
rescue her within 1 5 Terran days, otherwise
the navy will make this sector of space
uninhabitable for eternity. Do you under-
stand me! I can't hear you! GOOD!

We have intelligence reports on the
forces protecting their bounty, as well as
this really nice looking map of the most
likely routes to her holding place. The
Princess is in the heart of Yamaguchi's
Citadel. We will insert a team at Drop Zone
Alpha, battle our way to the Citadel, and
rescue Princess Ryan. We shall collect
intelligence along die way as to the exact
location of the Princess. Our superiors have
ordered our immediate insertion. We must
rely upon the weapons here aboard the
Schenectady, but the generous use of field
promotions has been authorized. The
marine who rescues the Princess will get 30
days R'n'R, a 100,000 credit combat bonus,
and a juicy promotion.

Lei me draw your attention to the
details of the mission. We have 24 trained
Marines, but only a smaller force will be
inserted on the planet surface, with the
remainder in reserve on the Schenectady.
The ranking Marine on the surface will
call the shots. Each of you should exer-
cise your abilities with caution, because

we will have only limited opportunities to
regroup and refit. If you get caught with-
out weapons, suffer insurmountable casu-
alties, or cannot advance without undue
risk, the ranking Marine on the surface
needs to order a regroup. This will cost us
time but enable us to insert a fresh unit.

Realize thai half of the Marines have
values of 2, while a third have values of 3
or 4. Two Marines arc outstanding with val-
ues of 5 or 6. Our highly-trained officers
round out our complement — let's keep
them away from the firefights, so that they
can use their brains and coordinate commu-
nication and fire support (Dispatches). As
you can see from Table I , not every Marine
is qualified to use all the resources avail-
able to us (more on that later).

Flexibility in command and control
will be a critical asset for our eventual
success. Successful skirmishes will be
amply rewarded. Table 2 shows the pro-
motion points (PPs) we expect to allocate,
if resistance is as expected. More PPs are
available when more Marines are fielded.
You'll gain these depending on the results
of each skirmish.

You should expect varying degrees of
enemy opposition, a variety of skirmish
environs and some nasty enemy traps. The
Republic's Black Guard is protecting the
Princess, but our drop zone is far enough
away from the Citadel to allow us an oppor-
tunity to look for the easy paths to our goal.

We can be sure that the enemy will do
everything in its power to prevent the
rescue. Our intelligence personnel have

mil Mount ..-
maauchi

IllCt 3 f*Qfl] iHHIhMJMIIll, iJ L'|ll
affflM nhimilfcllC*- II utjil iMIi.
ml ;rtl site* on leniakurrn Hit
k OtKtal urn! (11.111' ollLj 4II11
:rrr an rnrrufipnnrllriri lop run

ft >i:r iM'tid lull |l.i=i„ .1 Mtivi; .
j Fjitpj that AfjuLU. /

Maun Satut?.

for vehicles.

going

■ " ■ ; "- .

a*it in tfiu

!Ffl : ZC

ftF

Dispatch

Number Proportion

Type

of Cards of Cards

Guard Only

6 10.0%

Marine Only*

32 53-3

Guard or Marine 22 36.7

Total

60 100.0

* including two

shuttle Dispatch cards

Marine Number of Usable Proportion

Rank Non

-Shuttle Dispatches Usable

4 7.7%

6 11.5

8 15.4

10 19.2

12 23.1

14 26.9

16 30.8

18 34.6

20 38.5

22 42.3

24 46.2

26 50.0

28 53.8

30 57.7

32 61.5

34 65.4

36 69.2

38 73.1

40 76.9

42 80.8

45 S6.5

47 90.4

49 94.2

52 100.0

TABLE 2

Promotion Points Per Guard facte

No. of
Players

6 22.9%

20.0%

14.3%

28.6%

14.3%

5 25.8

22.6

16.1

32.3

3.2

4 30.8
3 40.0

26.9

19.2

19.2
0.0

3.8
5.0

35.0

20.0

2 40.9

31.8

22.7

0.0

4.5

1 38.1

33.3

23.8

0.0

4.8

(continued pg. 37)

Four Flags
Over fiutirdliifirt j

Even ttii> Guard shaws
restraint In a park full

Pens

It victorious, tiend till
motives in Hrifdlnrj
Tanks to 51th Bay. You must
win two consecutive
Hikirniish^s to advance, ,

Haifa f Suite

if hplilrr* HhJfmKMdLt.

11 «-i wiHipi.n i tu£t£ drawn I
nui ulDyable? uiis around.
All subsequent roLnds
ana entitled to
Euewrf Reinforcement,.

Danger lurks along the main path to the Royal Suite,
but the detours are oooe too easy themselves.

Da or Bib!

HotfUfr-M kr&t tHan ttwv.fi JT| I Np

rMriitlinrni, m h-ivi-t Xltfiiln'-, \\\

■:.'m I- [■Ii-iiktij/.fiumii rlinif t lift ►• ere

MjEpriiii!'? pfeiyFir*-

I'.irtjfll H nrjriii i|l!

■ Diiilrlhu(.i: Marinas In Rf.'lhJu Ham

- n F !i.iin or iirmv mo ne^fkan?) rui

Morfni- iilaijer. "

i in' ftpum^i

□t-jvl ijiw* V iitltohL' ii."Iuh !■* < [.hi;

CdfurTin # r f f ihn current hj Bn.upii:i

n f i;ii ■■ i*F foiolaiiQ,

•■r innf ttab. Gaunt fot : ,

Kudos for ZOC, etc.

Kisner's joining of forces with The
GENERAL is an added plus for readers. 1
am quite pleased to see intelligent reviews
of games published by Clash of Arms,
Decision Games and The Gamers. I most
definitely think there is a place for reviews
and tips for strategy-based computer
games. Moscatello's treatise on Master OF
Orion II was certainly appreciated. While I
would not want to see The GENERAL turn
into Computer Gaming World, I must say I
am extremely happy with the recent broad-
ening of horizons the magazine has taken.
— Ed Caylor, Hampton. NH

The articles on the other games are
interesting and give a broader perspective
on the whole industry. Your new strategy
makes good business sense and hopefully
will help to keep our hobby alive. I look
forward to receiving my issues and I read
them from cover to cover — even the articles
on games that are not of interest to me, just
because they are written well.

— Charles Ellsworth

1 thought this issue (volume 31, number
5) looked good and had a nice balance. My
favorite has to be the return of ZOC, as it is
always fun to read about games that you
don't get to see in the local shop (if you
have one).

The letter from Alzenshi shows that if
you play ASL for too long, you forget there
are other games. 1 liked the letter on the first
lime AvalonCon experience. This was me
five years ago and I'll come back every
chance I get. The gaming experience at
AvalonCon is the best diere is. Everyone
who is a gamer should come and see what it
is really all about.

— John W. Clere, Kentucky

I was in constant debate with myself as
to whether some of the changes in the mag-
azine were for the better, if this magazine is
to survive into the next century as a fore-
most publication of the wargaming hobby.
Clearly, though, the trend is toward com-
puter gaming, and 1 agree that the magazine
must appeal also to the next generation of
the wargaming public. Can it appeal to both
the board wargamers as well as the com-
puter game players without succumbing to
the "robbing Peter to pay Paul'" syndrome?
The GENERAL is first and foremost a mag-
azine for board wargamers. There are a
plethora of computer game magazines in
the market, but how many board wargam-

ILeffcr*

ing magazines exist today that are lop notch
and outclass all others? There are none that
1 have read that can ever equal the quality
and finesse that The GENERAL carries with
it. I wouldn't mind paying extra for a page
expansion to ensure that computer material
doesn't upstage board wargaming.

— Alfredo M. Battaglia, Jennings, MO

As long as most of the magazine is
about Avalon Hill products, I am more than
happy to see other games reviewed. In feet,
1 welcome articles about hoard games from
other companies, since I have a stronger
interest in board games than computer
games.

— David Brooks, Memphis, TN

Achtung Writers

I have played Avalon Hill games since I
was about twelve years old (almost 21
years ago), and I currently own around 50
games and associated modules with a small
number from other lesser companies. I
have just become computer literate and
have acquired OVER THE REICH.
Superb!!! I love this and I am very sur-
prised that The GENERAL has not covered
this game in any depth. I must say that I
enjoy the new magazine look — after being
very apprehensive about the change.
Please, please, keep it centered on
boardgames, new and old. Thanks for all
the gaming pleasure you have given over
the years (your games are quite expensive
over here but well worth the money). Keep
up the good work.

— Gary Barr, Belfast, N.Ireland

/. too, am surprised that I haven 't been
flooded with articles on this superb
war gamer's game and its sequel,
ACHTUNG SPITFIRE. I guess players are
still very absorbed with it. When you come
up for air. send me articles.' — SK'T

The German Wave

Thank you for all the effort you put into
the magazine. I've enjoyed them very
much, because they are full of strategy tips,
replays and variants. Personally, I love cov-
erage of non-wargames and would support
more of that. I have also enjoyed historical
articles.

My main misgiving about your com-
pany is that it, loo, is caught up with topics
of violence or money-making. Take for
example PRINCESS RYAN'S STAR
MARINES. The game truly does intrigue
me because of the need to cooperate as well

as compete. However, I will never buy it
because 1 don't think it is a game that my
wife and our circle of friends would really
enjoy. The trouble is the subject matter.
Again, it's run-and-shoot, Star Wars type
of affair. We're not kids anymore and this
kind of subject is not appealing. Why not
think of another game where there is a ten-
sion between cooperation and competition
where the subject matter is more interest-
ing? Mind you, 1 recognize that games
need elements of conflict to be interesting.
. . I find it dismaying when you get reader
comments complaining that you are not
focusing enough on wargames. Well, those
wargame grognards may be the most vocal,
but 1 believe you'll be shooting yourself in
the foot if you listen too much to them.
Other adult gamers are turning to the imag-
inative German type of abstract game and 1
think it would serve you well to try to reach
out to that audience.

— Togu Oppusunggu, Brooklyn. NY

Kudos to the AH staff on the release of
TITAN; THE ARENA. It is very popular
right now with the members of our game
club. We had three 4-player games going
simultaneously at last Saturday's meeting.
Most members thought that the fantasy
free-for-all was the perfect thematic real-
ization for this kind of card/betting game.
They also thought it should make a good
"crossover" hit with the general gaming
public looking for a superior family/social
game. Easy to leam, and chock full of
tough, fun decisions on each and every
turn. I hope AH considers publishing more
of these "German-style" card/board games.
—Charles Bahl,
The Quake Coast Game Club, San Jose, CA

Gaming Innovation

Thank you for producing excellent
games at great prices! The games that have
really caught the attention of my family
and friends have been WE THE PEOPLE
and HANNIBAL. This game system is the
best to come along in years — a major
development in playabilily, competitive-
ness and realism. 1 can only hope that the
system is being applied to other great cam-
paigns such as die Civil War, Napoleon and
Frederick the Great. The simple mechanics
allow players to concentrate on turn strat-
egy. No two games are alike. We find that
more often than not. the outcome hangs in
the balance until the very end.

— Mark Gray, Glenwood Springs, CO

Your army is marshaled. Big knights
on even bigger chargers, both
straining at the bit, cluster around
behind a mass of burly foot soldiers clad in
burnished steel armor. A troop of elven
archers, their long blond locks streaking out
beneath their plumed helms, capes flutter-
ing in the breeze, cock their arrows in antic-
ipation. Lightning crackles from the wands
of wild-eyed mages while a holy glow
emanates from the golden paladins by their
side. Mighty bolt-throwers creak al the
strain of holding back their giant arrows,
while dwarven demolition squads ready the
fuses on their powder barrels. The anticipa-
tion builds as flapping wings and crowing
cries of the giant Gryphons urge you to rush
forward against the slathering, drooling
ores, ogres, goblins, berserkers, skeletons,
dragons, death-knights and demons of the
evil horde. A fleet of wooden warships
bristling with antique bombards and
escorted by armored submarines is coming
up the channel. The holds of the transports
following behind are filled with longbow-
wielding rangers eager to lake on the can-
non towers and arrow platforms that protect
the harbor wherein lie the foundries, ship-
yards, oil refineries and other buildings that
make up the enemy fortress city that has
grown like a blight on the land,

WarCraft II (Tides of Darkness) keeps
all die good things from the first game, but
goes several steps farther. It adds many
more kinds of buildings and unit types,
including flying scouts, fire-breathing drag-
ons and the gryphon rider (a dwarf with
exploding throwing axes mounted on a
really big eagle). There are also sailing
ships armed with cannons (destroyers, bat-
tleships, juggernauts, transports and sub-
marines) and a long list of new ground
units, most of them with magic abilities.

As in the original game, most of the
units and scenarios in WarCraft II mirror
each other. The two top magic types on

Fight Like A Man,
Not an Ore

Crafting Your War Effort in
WHRCJWFT II

By Mark G. McLaughlin

each side (human mages and paladins, ore
ogre -mages and death- knights) have similar
powers, yet each has its own unique spells
that are available only to that side. Spells,
like special weapons and other improve-
ments, require the establishment of key
buildings and the expenditure of resources
to research those advances.

BE A BUILDER, NOT A RAIDER

The WarCraft system requires a player
to invest time and resources in creating a
base of operations. This base will grow into
a medieval town, complete with farms,
blacksmith shops, lumber mills, barracks,
shipyards, etc. This is more than just a
"SimCity" set up; it is the key to victory.
How you allocate your initial pool of lim-
ited resources will set the tone for the game,
and will determine not only if you can win,
but how long it will take you (and, con-
versely, on how many times you might
have to go back to a saved game). Although
seemingly plentiful, the resources on the
map get used up very quickly. You have to
manage your resources intelligently.

The computer plays a "raiding" game. It
sends individual or small groups of units in
frequent and annoying attacks on your
patrols and your towns. You can usually
kill every single one of these units each
time, but they will take out a few of your
people and destroy some of your buildings.
This is a war of attrition which your com-
puter opponent can win, because it has peo-
ple and resources to waste. It doesn't cheat,
but it simply starts with more stuff than you
do (cities and fortresses are already built).

TRAPPING THE RAIDERS

The best way to deal with raiders is to
set traps for them. The best traps involve
towers. For less than it costs to build a nor-
mal foot soldier, you can build a
Scout/Watch Tower. Although this has no
weapon 17, it has the highest armor factor in

the game. For the price of an Archer/Axc-
Thrower you can upgrade the Tower to a
Guard Tower. These have arrows. The
Guard Towers have more armor and can
take more hits than almost any other unit. In
addition, they have a longer sighting and
firing range than any ground or sea unit.
They are repairable (at no cost in
resources). They can even be fixed by peas-
ants while under attack.

Guard Towers work best in pairs or even
triplets on the perimeter and at choke points
(defiles, channels, mountain passes). The
towers will buy you time to marshal mobile
reinforcements to back them up. They can

WarCraft II by Blizzard Entertainment
System Requirements: MS-DOS 5.0,
Windows 95 or Windows 3.1, Super
VGA graphics, 33 MHz 486, 8 mb
RAM, Hard Drive, CD-ROM (double
speed highly recommended). Supports
the major sound systems. Mouse pre-
ferred but may be played with Key-
board. Supports modem play. Easy sce-
narios take under two hours to play;
more difficult scenarios may require
four hours or more.

m i«

,}". .if, Mental
; - ' : \ Challenge

AI Ability

H Realism

■0 S0 10 t§

f?W>^g>glg>£8&£$& Artistic Appeal
V^yV^vJv^ / y^ Replay ability

Rating icons range from one (wretched or ten years
behind the state of the industry) to five (top 10% of
industry). Four is good, three is passable (middle of

the road for ihe industry) aud two is not greal

(bottom third).

, 1

also provide cover for your Archers/Axe-
Throwers and artillery (Catapults, Bolt-
Throwers or Speil Casters). Your foes
waste their energies chipping away at the
Towers, while you pepper them.

Cannon Towers pack much more wallop
than Guard Towers, but ihey have two
drawbacks: 1) they are overly costly and 2)
they can not shoot up.

ARMS FOR SHIELDS

While towers make the best defense,
farms actually make the best walls. They
take a lot of punishment and draw the com-
puter like flies to honey. The farms grow
food (which you need to support units) and
you can hide bowmen/axeman behind them
to fire as the enemy advances. A peasant or
two can repair the farms as fast as the
enemy damages them.

BUILDINGS ON THE ATTACK

Architectural advances come in two
forms. The most obvious is to create build-
ings that support each other and provide the
materials, resources, research base and pre-
requisites for the next type of advance. That
advance can be the creation of or improve-
ment of existing units or the acquisition of
magic knowledge. Some buildings are also
"force multipliers."

The second way to advance through
architecture is to build your way forward.
When you put together an attack force, the
second wave (and sometimes the rear rank
of the first wave) should include at least
one or two peasants. The peasants can build
a simple farm to act as a shield for your
units, or they can build towers to provide
you with covering fire to deal with a coun-
terattack. Occupation of key points on the
perimeter of enemy towns will always draw
the computer forces into a counterattack
(such as along the path to a gold mine).
Find these points, set up towers within
range of them, and then send one man into
the enemy town as bait. Keep your hand on
the mouse and the move command, because
he will have to run to stay ahead of the
crowd. Do not stop and fight with him — the
farther he runs, the farther the computer
wili follow. With a pair of towers and such
archers, you can set up a shooting gallery.
The computer will keep throwing troops at
this as long as it can.

ATTACK IN ECHELON

The computer has creatures and
resources to waste and can afford to attack
in piecemeal, "banzai" charges. Its favorite
method of defense is to keep units clumped
around a key site and, when you come
within sight of them, those units will launch
a vicious counterattack. You should learn
from this slaughter not to fight this way.

Yon can turn this to your advantage by lay-
ing a trap.

Unfortunately, there are times and
places where you can not use this because
of the terrain, path of approach or density of
enemy forces and buildings. This is espe-
cially true when you make a landing under
fire on an island or beach that is being
swept by their towers, catapults and
archers. In this kind of fight, you must
carve out an area for yourself. It is no dif-
ferent than a river crossing or amphibious
landing in modern war. Use long-range
weapons and naval/air bombardment to
sweep an area. They then move off to the
flanks to intercept enemy counterattacks,
while you set up in the middle. If you can,
this middle ground is the best place to put a
lower or two. You can then set up the
shooting gallery trap.

TOWERS IN THE HEART
OF DARKNESS

The cheapest, easiest and most effective
way to deal with an enemy town is to build
your own Guard Towers and Cannon Tow-
ers right in the heart of that town. These
towers will lire continuously and automati-
cally at every building and unit in their
range. You can build them and leave them
to do their duty while your army is else-
where. While the towers slowly blast and
baiter away, your army can search for
enemy units or smash the buildings that lie
beyond the range of the towers. The towers
also act as a fall-back position (providing
covering fire) should an enemy counterat-
tack come from an unexpected or unex-
plored quarter.

DEALING WITH THE UNKNOWN

As in many games of this type, most of
the map is shrouded in black. As you
move and explore, more of the map is
revealed. As soon as you leave the area a
gray shadow passes over it. You see build-
ings and terrain, but will not be able to see
any enemy units or their movements
unless someone or a friendly tower is there
to watch.

Use the patrol command (pick a unit
and set it to march back and forth to keep
an eye out for the enemy). Flying
machines can also be set to patrol a wider
area. The best system, however, is to
establish a line of pickets. Small groups or
at least pairs of units should be spread out
to cover a broad area. The pickets have to
be backed by mobile forces to respond to
a threat, or the picket line will be
breached and the enemy will rush upon
you. A good picket line will give you a
breather to harvest, build and marshal a
main force for a key strike.

ONE BIG BLOW

You can never afford to attack in
penny-packets or small groups. Your
losses will be heavy and, most of the time,
your attack will fail. By the time you have
regrouped and raised another army, any
damage you did lo the enemy position will
either have been repaired or replaced, and
new enemies will be ready and waiting. To
prevent this, strike hard with as big a force
as you can muster. Resist the temptation to
strike with a small, tough group. Waiting
is well worth the time. Get a big force
together, advance, set up a shooting
gallery trap, build up a little more, and
then go for the kill.

THE SHORT LEASH

Your units are not terribly smart. If they
see an enemy, they will charge him. This
can undo your position. Your knights will
rush headlong to engage in hand-to-hand
combat, and as the enemy flees they will
follow up. They will usually follow up
into the kind of trap you should be setting
for the computer. Suddenly it is Agincourl
all over again, with your knights lying in
the dust. The footmen are no better or
smarter, just slower. Even the Gryphon
riders and battleships will seek to close
with the enemy.

Fortunately, you can give the "stand
ground" command to units. This glues
them to one spot. It prevents reckless
charges but can be fatal if they come under
fire and thus cannot respond. This com-
mand is best used on the reserve units that
you want lo hold back from the battle or
for those men guarding a gateway, defile
or other narrow path. They will need to
have someone or something provide cov-
ering fire, however, or else they will get
picked off by enemy missile throwers or
magic users.

USING RANGED WEAPONS

A catapult, for example, out-ranges
every tower on the map, but only by one or
two spaces. As there are no spaces marked
on the map, you have to gauge the distance
by (rial and error. Instead of giving a unit an
attack order, move it one step at a time
towards the enemy. As soon as it is in
range, the unit will start shooting. In this
manner you can use a catapult lo blow
away a tower or two at no loss to yourself.
The enemy will send a counterattack force
to hit the catapult, so you will need to have
units standing by to provide cover.

Only battleships/juggernauts have
longer ranges than archers and axe thro w-
crs. Destroyers at the shore will find them-
selves under a withering fire from infantry,
while battleships can stand off and blasl
away with impunity. No ship, however, can

out-range a lower. One tower can beat one
ship. Only a massive bombardment by
three or more ships will do the trick.

STRIKE GROUPS

Air units (Gryphons/Dragons) move fast
and hit hard, but do not have staying power,
and tend to respond slowly to commands to
disengage. They also have an annoying ten-
dency to hit each other with friendly fire.

Use lots of air units, either in one long,
spread-out line or in numerous small
groups. To move the units in line you have
to move each piece separately to avoid
clumping (tedious and problematic). Usu-
ally you will move flying units in pairs or
triplets, with other "squadrons" off to the
side for support. While one squadron bom-
bards a target, move another to patrol its
flanks to intercept enemy units.

Magic users are best used in even
smaller groups. A single magic user sends
in a blistering rain of death with a fireball,
death coil, whirlwind, blizzard or any other
long-range spell. He must then immediately
run to safety, as the computer will rush him.
A magic user in a second line can provide
covering fire, but it is best for regular
troops or towers to do that job. One of the
best "covering fires" is the Polymorph
spell. A human mage can use this to turn
any enemy into a pig (or sheep or seal or
whatever the main type of innocent critter
will be found in the scenario). This is par-
ticularly gratifying when used on a death-
knight, ogre-mage or dragon. Unfortu-
nately, it requires almost all of the 255
magic points a magic user can store up, and
there is a chance it will not work against a
really strong dragon.

SPELLS AND DEMOLITIONS

The most powerful spell of the game is,
in my opinion, the "Healing" spell of the
Paladins. Human Paladins, though mighty
warriors, are best used as doctors. They are
the M.A.S.H. units of the game (no such
skills exist on the Ore side). Build a bunch
of them, set them up in a safe, open space,
and send wounded units back to them to
heal. The Paladins regenerate their magic at
no cost, and every six points of magic they
use brings back one hit point to the
wounded unit.

Paladins also have a good offensive
spell: Exorcism. This power is really of use
only against skeletons and death-knights,
neither of whom can take much punishment
anyway. Let your regulars deal with the
undead — the Paladins are better as doctors
than killers.

Death-Knights, Ogre-Mages and Mages
are more offensive spellcasters. The
Human Mage spells of fire-shield and
invisibility are best used to sneak one of

your people deep behind their lines. Unfor-
tunately, casting a fire-shield or invisibility
spell on a dwarven demolition squad causes
its powder barrel to ignite. Poof. No more
demolition squad!

Dcath-knights can raise the dead and
make them into skeleton warriors, but this
is almost a waste of their powers. The
skeletons die easily. Death-knights are bet-
ter used to unleash whirlwinds and Death
coils. They can, however, cast an "unhoiy
armor" protective spell on a unit. This is
especially useful if an Ogre-mage is nearby
to cast a bloodlust spell to make a unit
extremely vicious in combat. Add a haste
spell to this combination and you can create
a swirling demon of destruction.

Speaking of demons, they are the one
unit in the game that only the computer can
create (unless you use the map editor to
build your own scenario). They appear in a
few scenarios, but always on the Ore side
and then only if the computer is the Ores.
They fly, they move pretty fast, and they
can cause a good deal of damage, but they
die easily to flames and missile fire. They
do not range very far from where the com-
puter places them. Their mission seems to
be to guard dark portals, tombs and other
resting places of arcane interest.

THE CHEAT CODES

WarCraft II is not impossible to win.
Almost every scenario has two or more
paths to victory, and these are usually fairly
obvious. Unlike some games that force you
to find one solution, WarCraft II almost
never dictates your strategy to win.

For those players who get frustrated,
cheat codes exist. These codes should not
be used in the campaign games, because if
you win with a cheat code your victory
screen labels you as a "Cheater." These are
best used in the stand-alone scenarios
where you are either frustrated or just want

to get finished. They allow you to explore
those scenarios to see if you really want to
play them.

Table t; Support for the Real-Time Challenged

(aka "Cheat" Codes)

Code

Effect

It is a Good Day To Die

your uniis and buildings

are invulnerable

Glittering Prizes

gives you a large amount

of gold, oil and timber

On Screen

reveals the en! ire map and

all units present

Make It So

Immediately builds chosen

buildingAinh

Unite the Clans

grants you victory NOW

To Use These codes hit the Enter key. A "Mes-

sage:" line will come up

al the bottom of the screen.

Type in the appropriate

code and hit enter again.

WARNING: Use of any

cheat code reduces your vie-

tory level 10 that of "Cheater."

SPEAKING SILLY

If you click on a piece it acknowledges
you with a "yes, my lord" or "what is it"
voice reply, and then you move it. My
seven-year old showed me that if you keep
clicking on that piece it will keep talking.
The more it talks, the ruder it gets. Each unit
on each side has a unique string of about a
dozen dialogue sentences. The deeper you
get into the conversation, the more unpleas-
ant they become. Peasants gel confused.
Soldiers get edgy. Magic users get angry.
Ogres burp and fart, elves tell you to "quit
touching me!" and sailors get seasick. My
favorite of all, however, are the two demoli-
tion squads. The dwarves (all of whom have
bad Scottish accents) are particularly nasty
while the goblin sappers are like Mttnchkins
on helium. They say things like "Wheeeee,"
"I got a bomb," and "Kabooooooom."

Name me one other computer game
where your soldiers talk back to you? Even
if it wasn't a great game (which it is), I
would like it just for the conversation.
These little guys have spunk and character.

Table 2. WarCraft to MoreCraft Gaines in the WarCraft System

Publisher

Title

ICJ2!£

Scenarios per

Side

WarCraft

Original game
(land units only)

Blizzard

WarCraft II

Second game

Blizzard

(Tides of Darkness)

(land, air and sea units)

WarCraft II Expansion *

Additional story line and scenarios

Blizzard

(Beyond the Dark Portal)

WarCraft Battle Chest*

All three for one price

Blizzard

MoreCraft for WarCraft II*

200 levels, 8-player modem, lips

not reviewed

Micro forum
Software

W.'Zone for WarCraft 0*

more scenarios

not reviewed

Wizard Works

W'.ZONE RETR1BLTT10N*

more scenarios/battlegrounds

not reviewed

Wizard Works

* WarCraft II required for use.

The Nasties of TITAN: THE ARENA

By Mike Welker

~W~ fere, Mr. Welker gives us a different
§ m slant (from my own found in last
JL JL issue) on how to play this recent
hot seller. As you can see from comparing
the two, we have a difference of opinion
about some aspects of the strategy sur-
rounding the secret bet. — SKT

On the day 1 bought this gem (at Aval-
onCon '97), I played it ten limes. Our group
at home regularly plays A GE OF RENAIS-
SANCE or Setilers of Catan, but after we
are done, someone always says, "Hey, we
have some time for TITAN: THE ARENA."
Out the cards and chips come, along with
poker faces and the beginnings of monster
imitations. As of this writing, we've proba-
bly played the game 40 times. This sample
witnessed a wild array of twists of fate,
with no two games ever playing the same.
The distribution of winnings was about
even across the players. The beauty of this
game is its sheer compactness coupled with
potentially infinite combinations of player
interactions.

THE LUCK OF THE DRAW

Every game differs because your particu-
lar hand of eight cards is one of millions of
possible card combinations. The flow of
cards played, discarded, and drawn to fill
hand capacity creates yet more diverse out-
comes. This means an important skill to
exercise is counting the cards. This is easier
than it sounds, considering that the last
played card of each surviving creature
remains visible on the table. If you keep
track of the cards that get buried, you will
have a good idea what cards are yet to be
played.

Keeping track of all creatures can be
tedious, especially at first. As the rounds
proceed and fewer of your creatures sur-
vive, counting gets easier. The benefit of
knowing the unplaycd cards is obvious.
However, do not count on unplayed cards
alone. Remember that the Troll can pick up
a visible Troll card, a Unicorn can switch
any creature's cards, and the Warlock
allows players to dump unwanted cards.
Along with the Spectator cards, these fac-
tors make it hard to count on a forced play
of a card on a Creature.

SPREAD THE RISK

If you place multiple bets on one crea-
ture, you are inviting the wrath of your ene-

mies. They'll see the opportunity to kill
your creature as a sure way to reduce your
victory points. This is the equivalent of
drawing a big bull's eye on that poor Crea-
ture. However, concentration of bets isn't
so bad when one of the bets is your secret
bet. If your secret bet is revealed, you often
become the Backer. The key to revealing
the secret bet is timing. A general rule of
ill Limb is to keep l he secret hidden until you
believe that you can protect your Creature.
Our group has different opinions, but we
think two or three high-value Strength
cards is a minimum for protecting the mul-
tiple bet after revealing the secret bet.

By far, the better Strategy for betting is
to get cozy with the other players. If you
spread your bets so that other players will
lose victory points to hurt you. this will
obviously make them think twice. You also
gain the potential advantage of appearing in
league (at least for a while). Later, near the
end game, you might want to kill a creature
with your own bets revealed, as long as the
leading players lose more than you.

TIMING

The game moves faster at the fourth and
fifth rounds than at the first and second. In
fact, in some cases, you may not be able to
play a card in the fifth round. Other players
may systematically pounce on your unpro-
tected Creature. The key to protecting your-
self from this peril is reducing the likeli-
hood you will be out of the loop, so to
speak. You may need to prolong a previous
round (for example, by playing Strength
cards on top of visible cards). This will
slow down the filling up of the empty slots.
In another case, you may want to use a
Creature's power so that a previous round
ends more quickly.

HANDICAPPING THE SECRET BETS

Our group favors a secret bet when a
first round hand has several {often three or
more) of the Creature's Strength cards. The
real issue is one of long-run uncertainty
about the likelihood of survival. The fol-
lowing Creature-by-Crcaiure analysis is
based on the results of our latest playings.
As you read the survival rates given below,
remember that 37.5 per cent of the Crea-
tures survive each game. The trick with the
secret bet is to back a Creature that beats
the average. Obviously, survival rates may

depend greatly upon the idiosyncracies of
your group.

Troll (survival rate of 35 per cent): The
Troll is not a great secret bet. The first
round play is a problem, because the power
can only be used if the Warlock has just
discarded a Troll Strength card. In later
rounds, the ability to retrieve revealed
Strength cards helps protect him. However,
this can be difficult to accomplish if the
Backer only has low Troll cards and the
empty slots are filling up quickly.

Dragon (20 per cent): Players don't
seem to like that fiery breath. Its power
leads to late game uncertainties. Any secret
bets on the Dragon must involve an ability
to protect him with at least a few high-value
Spectators and Dragon cards.

Titan (45 per cent): His ability to view
other player's cards, coupled with the
snatch-away choice, makes him strong and
versatile in assessing enemy hands. This is
especially helpful in the late game.

Unicom (40 per cent): The Unicorn is
weak at the start, but has the ability to "tele-
port" other Creature cards. This makes it
strong and therefore likely lo holds its own.
A secret bet on the Unicorn is our group's
second favorite.

Ranger (60 per cent): This is our group's
favorite secret bet, not to mention my wife's
favorite first-round bet. The three-card draw
helps to build resources for protecting the
Ranger or other bets (especially a secret bet
on another creature). In several games we
have played, multiple secret bets have
backed the Ranger, which boosted the sur-
vival rate. The late game is a problem,
though, because the Ranger's power to draw
is not as likely to help (you may discover
you are filling your hand with dead
Creatures' cards).

Warlock (45 per cent): Our group lends
lo have multiple secret bets on the Warlock.
The ability to drop powerful Strength cards
helps you avoid a forced play that would
probably save an enemy's bets. Our group
always sees a lot of jockeying to become
his Backer.

Cyclops (35 per cent); The Cyclops can
create temporary weaknesses at crucial
moments in the game. This is helpful espe-
cially in cases when the next player is
forced to play a card which might favor
your distribution of bets. Our group has
tended to kill the Cyclops early, usually in
a sort of "neutral" killing (no open bets on
it at the time).

Hydra (20 per cent): Never place a
secret bet on the Hydra. Players' fear the
multiple strike ability greatly. This moti-
vates their ambitions to do it in as quickly
as possible.

->-->-->-->-->- (Continued on p. 21)

ALONE IN OUTER SPACE

Solitaire Variant for STELLAR CONQUEST

By Charles E. Duke

/h the galaxy far, far in the future, let it
not be forgotten that a vast number of
computer strategy games trace their
ancestry to STELLAR CONQUEST. Many
of the early computerized galactic conquest
games mimicked it. Unusual for board
wargaming, STELLAR CONQUEST pro-
duced the aura of fighting an unseen enemy
under conditions of extremely limited and
constantly outdated intelligence in which
technology drives war success and popula-
tion growth requires expansion. In short, it
is a tense game of cat and mouse among
human opponents (face-to-face or by mail),
but a wistful flop for those who largely play
their games solitaire. Rather than forking
over vast sums of money for a computer
(and frequent upgrades), Mr. Duke offers a
boardgame solution. — SKT

One of STELLAR CONQUESTS most
fascinating features is its "fog of war" (or
should 1 say "nebula of war"?). It is chal-
lenging to be completely in the dark about
your opponent's forces, defenses, popula-
tion and intentions. Gathering intelligence
is mandatory, costly, and part of the fun.

All this is small consolation, however,
for the not uncommon gamer who must rely
primarily on solitaire play due to lack of
live opponents. He's dying to play STEL-
LAR CONQUEST (STC), but the solitaire
player will usually find that he has built all
four empires in a very similar manner. Con-
flicts arc dull. Will the Red Empire invade
the Yellow Confederation next turn, where,
and why? Red has death stars, Yellow
doesn't. You feel guilty if you don't
strengthen Yellow for the upcoming
assault, and you also feel guilty if you arm
Yellow and deprive Red from a probably
deserved surprise attack. Furthermore,
intelligence gathering seems pointless in a
solo game unless you follow the mind-bog-
gling policy of making an empire act only
upon what it is supposed to know. Now let
me see, did Green discover three turns ago
that Red already has fighters?

This article presents a system that con-
trols most of the political and economic
decision-making in STC. You stili move
ships around, decide on strategy and tactics
during conflicts, transfer colonists, etc. As
you take each empire's turn, you should use
it as fairly as possible (just as you do when
you try to use both sides efficiently while
playing ASL or THE RUSSIAN FRONT

solitaire). Now, however, you may be
restrained by that power's current policy.
For example, you can't use its forces to
attack a neutral neighbor unless the politi-
cians declare war.

GENERAL RULE VARIATIONS

The following general rules variations
can be used in both solitaire and multi-
player games.

Planet Shields. Developing and building
planetary shields is a primary strategy in
the normal game, but in a solitaire game the
appearance of invulnerable planets may
lead to boredom (a problem that plagues
multi-player games as well).

In this variant, planet shields may be
attacked as if they were fighters. As long as
the shield is up, bases and population on the
surface may not be attacked, but bases may
fire against the attacking ships. IT the
attackers get Five or more hits in the same
round of combat, the shield overloads eata-
strophically and is destroyed. Surface
forces may then be attacked in subsequent
rounds. If the attackers score three or four
hits in the same round, the shield receives a
damage point. An accumulation of four
damage points will destroy the shield. One
or two hits in a round has no effect. How-
ever, if no hits are scored in a given round
of combat, the shield's generators may be
used by the defenders as a tractor beam in
an attempt to disrupt (and destroy) one
attacking ship, using the death star column
of the Attack Table. If no hits are achieved
against the shield in two consecutive
rounds of combat, the attacker must call off
his assault and the battle ends. At the end of
each battle, damaged shields are fully
repaired. Destroyed shields remain
destroyed and must be rebuilt.

Scouts. In a solitaire game,
unarmed scouts quickly become
worthless. I find the changes
below make starfleets more var-
ied, interesting, and balanced, even for
multi-player games.

In this variant, scouts are small war-
ships which may fight. They hit colony
transports on a die roll of 1-2, other scouts
with a die roll of 1, and corvettes or mis-
sile bases on a two-dice roll of 10. The hit
probability against scouts is also modi-
fied: missile bases and corvettes hit them
with 1-3, fighters and advanced missile
bases with 1-4 and death stars with 1-5.

Population Growth. Allow Minimal
Terra n planets to increase population at
the rate of one for every 15 million. Frac-
tions of population smaller than the num-
ber required for growth may still grow by
one if you roll less than or equal to the
fraction. Roll one die for Terran planets,
two dice for Sub-Terran and three dice for
Minimal Terran. For example, a Subterran
planet holds 27 million souls. Normally, it
will produce two million new colonists for
its 20 million base, while the seven million
leftover is sterile. Now, if you roll seven
or less with two dice, a third million will
be produced.

SOLITAIRE VARIANT DEFINITIONS

Power. Each of the four sides in the
game.

Claims. Every time that a
power explores a star for the
first time it "claims" it as its
territory. Note this by giving
the star's card to the power
(as a sort of deed of ownership). A star
remains claimed by a power until a nego-
tiation or treaty mandates that it must be
transferred to another power. Star cards
are kept by a power even if an enemy mil-
itarily conquers the star during a conflict.
Conquered colonies are considered to be
friendly territory currently under enemy
occupation. A planet may be colonized
only by the power which holds the corre-
sponding star card (either through explo-
ration or via peace treaty). Otherwise,
normal conquest rules apply.

Border Star. A friendly star is a border
star relative to an enemy if it is closer (or as
close) to an enemy star as any other star
that is as close to the friendly star. Stars
closer to the enemy, but which are on the
far side of the enemy, are consequently not
close enough to the friendly star. For exam-
ple, Hydrae borders Aurigae, Sadir and
Alcor, but not Lupi. Lupi borders Aurigae,
Scheat, Lacaille and Sadir. but not Draco-
nis, Draconis borders Canopus, Almach,
Scheat and Lacaille. Scheat and Lacaille
are both closer to Lupi than Draconis, pre-
venting Lupi from bordering Draconis.

BEGINNING THE GAME

Set up the game in the norma] manner.
Each power determines its initial spending
independently. All powers will automati-
cally spend 15 points to buy three-hex
speed. The remaining ten points are
invested in research determined by the
Research Priority Table, using the peace
column. Roll two dice to determine the cho-
sen class and then roll two dice to deter-
mine the chosen research level. If more
than one research title remains at that level,
then determine which is chosen according
to an odd/even die roll.

Research Priority Table

Research Class

(sum or two dice)

Vt'tu-e: War:

2-5 Speed* Technology

6-7 Weapons Speed*

8-12 Technology Weapons

*lf maximum speed (8) has been achieved, give
priority to technology class during peace, to
weapons class during war.

Research Level

(sum of two dice, +1 if at war)

2-5 Lowest unfinished level

6-8 Highest possible level

9+ Highest level related to owned predecessor

(otherwise highest possible level)
The particular research title of the appropriate
level is determined by odd/even die roll if nec-
essary.

PRODUCTION ROUTINES

In every production turn, after diplo-
matic events have been determined, each
colony calculates industrial output, builds
colony transports and spends on equipment
and research independently, but according
to the overall economic priority determined
for its power. Start with the most recent
colony and proceed to the oldest colony of
the power.

Colonization Policy. Under certain
conditions, each unbesieged colony's
first priority is to emigrate colonists, buy-
ing the necessary transports to send them
to another planet claimed by the power.

The planet nearest to a below-capacity
mineral rich planet will emigrate enough
population to fill the mineral rich planet to
capacity.

All non-mineral-rich planets colonized
above 80 per cent of capacity will emigrate
enough population to fully utilize the popu-
lation bonus.

During peace, all Terran, non-mineral-
rich planets coionized to 50 per cent of
capacity will emigrate enough population to
fully utilize the population bonus (but never
reducing population below 20 million).

After a war victory, all Sub-Terran, non-
mineral-rich planets will emigrate half or
their population plus the population bonus
to Terran planets newly evacuated by the
losing power.

Economic Priorities. Roll a die once
for each power (not each colony) to see
how the higher authorities have decided to
invest the remainder of their industrial
points at their colonies. Consult the Eco-
nomic Priority Table. The result indicates
the area to receive priority at each colony.
The priority area utilizes at least 50 per
cent of the colony's remaining industrial
output. After conducting that spending,
the next remainder is divided as evenly as
possible between secondary and tertiary
expenditures (with the secondary focus
getting the benefit of any uneven split
caused by item prices).

Economic Priority Table

(roll one die, + 1 if in truce or incident, +2 if at war)

Priority
1 Factories*
2-4 Research

5+ Weapons

Secondary Tertiary

Research Weapons

Weapons Factories*

Research Factories*

Note: Weapons are ships (including scouts) and
bases. If all research items have been acquired,
research spending goes towards weapons.
*If industrial tech is still not available, output goes
into research.

In the ease of weapons, buy as many
of the most costly ship or base as possi-
ble with the funds. Then, allocate the
remaining weapons spending toward
cheaper ships and/or bases to fully spend
the minimum.

In the case of research, all spending
goes toward finishing a partially-com-
pleted research item before a new one is
started. New research is determined by
the Research Priority Table (see above).

For example, Reel has a Terran planet
on Alcor which has a population of 50
million (planet has a capacity of 80) with
5 factories. Red is at peace. The Alcor
planet grows to 60 million and must emi-
grate 12 million to gain the fall popula-
tion bonus of four million (costing J 6 of
the planets 65 i.p. 's for the transports).
Red rolled a 5 for an economic priority of
weapons, so at least 25 i.p.'s must be
spent on weapons. Red buys one man-
dated fighter, plus one missile base and
one scout (27 i.p. s). The remaining 22
i.p. 's are divided between research and
factories, resulting in the building of two
factories and the expenditure of 14 i.p. 's
on Red's current research priority.

TRANSPORT POLICY

During movement, colonists are
moved in transports to a habitable planet
claimed by the power which fulfills the
earliest condition set forth below and is
within command range and within four
turns of movement. If a destination
doesn't have the capacity to accommo-
date all of the colonists, divide the trans-
ports among separate task forces with
different destinations as necessary.

1. Mineral rich planet, colonized

2. Mineral rich planet, uncolonized

3. T planet, uncolonized

4. T planet, colonized < 50%

5. T planet, colonized < 75%

6. ST planet, colonized < 75%

7. ST planet, uncolonized

8. MT planet

DIPLOMATIC ROUTINES

The general diplomatic situation among
the powers is affected by the particular
stage of the game.

Neutrality and Incidents. Unless a
power is involved in limited or total war, it
is considered neutral. All powers enter the
game neutral and remain so until diplo-
matic events in stage III or later alter that
circumstance. Misunderstandings, politi-
cal blunders, clashes and border disputes
are incidents and are not considered to be
a war for any purpose, although they may
lead to one.

Stage I: Expansion. In this stage, powers
are settling into the sector. At first, each
doesn't know that other powers exist, and
even when an encounter occurs it tends to
be peaceful. There is no need or desire for
conflict. This stage lasts until the last star
on the mapboard has been claimed by a
power.

Ships may not be sent voluntarily
towards a star that has already been claimed
by another power. If ships arc already on
the way when the star becomes claimed by
another power, the ships must continue to
their destination. Then, after surviving
exploration risks, if no enemy ships are pre-
sent, place the latecoming ships in an adja-
cent hex with a new destination. If enemies
are present, roll two dice and consult the
Encounters Table.

Encounter Table

(sum the roll of two dice)
2-10: Peaceful Encounter. After an
exchange of greetings and knowl-
edge, place the arriving ships in
an adjacent hex with a new desti-
nation.
1 1-12: Misunderstanding. Shots are
exchanged! Fight one round of
combat, then place surviving
arriving ships in an adjacent hex
with a new destination.

Stage II: Growth. The powers have
defined their turf, and although disputes
may arise, generally speaking they are
satisfied with developing what they
already possess. There is little need for
looking over the neighbor's fence. More
or less peaceful relations exist. This
stage lasts until the combined population
of all powers first reaches or exceeds
600 million.

On every production turn, calculate pop-
ulation growth for every colony of every
power, and sum the total to determine the
stage of the game. Then, roll two dice and
consult the Diplomatic Events Table and

(Continued on p. 35)

Grand DUNE

By Alan Arvold

A-

s one of the nine players who joined
Mr. Arvold several years ago at
. GenCon to play this appealing vari-
ant, I can attest to its superiority overplay-
ing with the various expansions and vari-
ant article rules as they were written.
Although many "purists" will defend the
elegance and balance of a six-player
game, the politicking in a nine-player
game is truly enriching and, in my opinion,
more representative of the turbulent and
dangerous galaxy portrayed in Herbert's
novels. As in that construct, nobody can
win the nine-player game without allies.
Efforts to get DUNE reprinted (perhaps
the new collectible card game will spark
consumer interest in this elegant
boardgame) are not likely to produce an
all-in-one package, so the expansion mod-
ules and this variant will remain vital
accessories to our cult. If you do not have
the modules, snap them up. — SKT

One of the longest-surviving cult
games (remaining popular despite the fact
that it has been out of print for some
years) is the game DUNE. Based on the
science fiction novel by the late Frank
Herbert, this game can still be seen in
tournaments at various wargame conven-
tions around the country every year. At the
height of its popularity in the mid-1980s,
the game spawned two expansions, SPICE
HARVEST and THE DUEL. These expan-
sions greatly enriched the main game but
for various reasons did not catch the inter-
est of players who like the parent game.
One reason was that they increased the
playing time of the average game (making
tournament use difficult). Another reason
is that the variant powers which were
introduced in magazine articles (the
Lansraad, the Bene Tleilaxu and the Ixi-
ans— see The GENERAL, volume 26,
number 1, and volume 18, number 5, and
Heroes, volume 1, number 1) were not
integrated into these expansions. Finally,
THE DUEL has rules that effectively
inhibit its use, causing players to discard
the expansion from the game. Often, how-
ever, you will find players adding to their
game the new treachery cards that were
included in the expansion modules.

This article brings into one grand sys-
tem the three variant powers and the two
expansions in a more playable format.

EQUIPMENT

Extra cards and leaders are provided on
the insert of this magazine. However,
when a War of Assassins is declared in a
game with more than six players, you will
need to add a second deck of Dueling
cards from THE DUEL. Alternatively, you
must limit each player to holding no more
than three Dueling cards.

MAIN CHARACTER LEADERS

In Section VII of the THE DUEL, it
states that if the main leader of the owning
players faction is killed in battle whether
on Dune, in a Kanly Duel, or in a War of
Assassins, the owning player and his fac-
tion are out of the game. Such a rule leads
a player to keep from using his main
leader in anything but a last ditch battle at
which point he is probably losing the
game anyway. Also, this rule is not literar-
ily accurate, as far as the Dune novels are
concerned, where factions carried on
despite the death of their main leaders.
Liet Kynes, the leader of the Fremen, was
left to die in the desert by the Harkonnens
halfway through the first novel. His death
did not cause the Fremen to break up or
dissolve. On the contrary, the Fremen
went on to do bigger things under the
leadership of Paul Muad'Dib. When the
Baron Harkonnen was killed in the battle
of Arrakeen towards the end of the first
novel, his nephew Feyd-Rautha assumed
leadership of what was left of the Harkon-
nen faction. (He lost it to Muad'Dib in a
Kanly Duel a few pages later.) When the
Reverend Mother Mohiam was executed
at the end of the second novel, the Bene
Gesserit order did not dissolve or lose
their influence. When the Emperor Shad-
dam IV died in exile on the planet Salusa
Secundus, his daughter Wensicia Corrino
carried on the fight throughout the third
novel using espionage, occasional Sar-
daukar uprisings and an assasination
attempt on the children of Muad'Dib
(which failed), in hopes of getting her son
Farad' n on the throne to restore the Cor-
rino dynasty. The point of the matter is
that when the main leader dies, die faction
continues on.

Alter Section VII of the rules for THE
DUEL. If your Main Character Leader is
killed in battle on Dune, in a Kanly Duel,

or in a War of Assassins, your faction is
not out of the game. You still maintain
your holdings and all spice in your pos-
session. However, your faction will lose
certain advantages and/or have certain
limitations laid upon it (see below). These
advantages will be restored and the limita-
tions will be removed only when the Main
Character Leader is revived from the
"tanks." A player may revive (for the
usual cost) his Main Character Leader on
any turn in which he has at least one
Leader alive. If a player has only his Main
Character Leader left alive, then he may
start reviving his other Leaders at the rate
of one per turn.

When all of the Leaders, including the
Main Character Leader, of a faction are in
the tanks at the same time, that faction is
out of the game. All of that faction's
tokens are removed from the board and all
treachery cards are discarded. The
Harkonnen retain captured Leaders.

Organizations such as the Bene
Gesserit, the Lansraad and the House Cor-
rino each have many contenders for the
top leadership position when it becomes
vacant. Thus each faction will have an
internal succession war to fill the seat. In
DUNE, this means that the player's fac-
tion has many smaller factions within the
main one which are not acting as a unified
whole. This in turn brings on restrictions
and causes advantages to be lost. Edrie is
a third stage Guild Navigator who is the
manager of Guild operations on Dune and
in the surrounding space. In the event of
his death, local Guild operations suffer
disruption but not at a catastrophic level.
The smugglers and lower level navigators
take more than their share of the spice,
using the disruption as a cover for their
embezzlements. Baron Harkonnen holds
all secrets to himself. While some of his
lieutenants, such as Feyd-Rautha and Piter
DeVries, may know some of those secrets,
they are usually the same few secrets that
the Baron will share. When the Baron
dies, knowledge of traitors in his pay and
of how to get extra weapons (treachery
cards) is lost and can not be regained until
the Baron is brought back to life. Paul
Muad'Dib is the gifted individual who
gives the Atreides faction its advantages.
When he dies, all of those powers go with
him and will not come back until he is
brought back to life. Liet Kynes is a leader
who brought all of the Fremen sietches
together as a united whole. When he dies,
various Fremen groups go back to their
sietches. Only when Liet Kynes is brought
back to life will the Fremen again have a
fanatical leader to whip them up into a

religious frenzy and transform the war
into a Jihad. The Ixian Inquisitor coordi-
nates die operations of all lxian military
forces. When she dies, the various military
units act in an uncoordinated fashion and
various Ixian functionaries embezzle
spice into their own private fortunes.

Each faction's advantages are reduced
whenever lacking its Main Character
Leader in the following ways.

Fremen. If Liet Kynes is dead:

• Token revival isn't free, but instead costs
two spice per token (to the spice bank).

•Fedaykin counters on the board are
treated as regular troops. Fedaykin in
reserve are placed in the tanks.

Atreides. If Paul Muad'Dib is dead:

• The Kwisatz Haderach may not be used.
Note: Paul Muad'Dib is also killed when
the Kwisatz Haderach is blown up in a
Iasegun-shield explosion.

• Treachery cards can not be previewed.

• The top card of die Spice deck cannot be
previewed.

• You may not force your opponent to
show you any clement of his battle plan
nor allow your allies the same privilege.

Harkonnen. If Baron Harkonnen is dead:

• Only one of the four traitors picked at
the beginning of the game may be used.
The Harkonnen piayer must Tecord
which traitor is the active one at the time
the Baron is killed. That active traitor
must be a revealed one if any have been
revealed. The others are inactive.

• You may not pick up the extra treachery
card when you buy one.

• You may not randomly select one leader
from a loser of a battle for any purpose.

Guild. If Edric is dead:

• You must take your move when it occurs
in sequence.

• Your allies must pay one spice for each
token shipped to a stronghold and two
for shipment to a n on -stronghold.

• All spice paid for shipment of tokens of
your allies are paid to the spice bank.

Emperor. If Emperor Shaddam IV is dead:

• All spice paid for treachery cards goes to
the spice bank.

• Sardaukar counters on the board are
treated as regular troops. Sardaukar in
reserve are placed in the tanks.

Bene Gesserit. If Reverend Mother
Mohiam is dead:

• Your faction loses the power to coexist
with other factions in the same territory.

All tokens on the board are treated as nor-
mal tokens.

• You may not ship one token free with
another faction's shipments.

• You may not "voice" an ally's opponent.

Lansraad. If the Speaker of the Lansraad
(see insert) is dead:

• You lose the power to influence the other
major powers during the revival/move-
ment and battle rounds.

• You lose the power to restrict non-sietch
territories to other major powers.

boons. If the Inquisitor of the Ixian Con-
federacy (see insert) is dead:

• Your tokens may only move one terri-
tory per turn.

• You may not receive your automatic ten
spice per turn. They are considered to
be lost.

• The Inquisitor cannot be revived for
free.

Bene Tleilaxu. This power does not
get a Main Character Leader. The only
change to the Bene Tleilaxu rules is that
they may not make traitors of Main Char-
acter Leaders who are revived from the
tanks. Having no leaders, the Bene
Tleilaxu may not participate in Kanly
duels and Wars of Assassins nor may
they threaten any player with Kanly.
They do not get dueling cards.

When using the Bene Tleilaxu variant,
only the Fremen, Harkonnen, and the
Atreides players have to pay the Bene
Tleilaxu to bring their Main Character
Leader back from the tanks. The other fac-
tions pay their spice to the spice bank to
bring their Main Character Leaders back
from the tanks.

HARVEST FOR NINE

The following rules apply THE SPICE
HARVEST expansion rules to the Ixians,
the Lansraad and the Bene Tleilaxu.

Ixians. If the Ixians are the Manager, all
Harvest card values that the Ixians draw
are increased by 50 per cent (fractions
rounded down). For the record, the home
planet for the Ixians is the planet Komos,
better known as Ix.

Lansraad. If a Dune Manager is
relieved of his duties, the Lansraad may
block the appointment of the new Man-
ager. In this case, then it is the second
player to the right of die old Manager
who becomes the new Manager. The
Lansraad may not block the automatic
appointment of the Frcmcn to the Dune
Manager position brought on by the
appearance of a Worm in the Harvest
Deck. For the record, the Lansraad has

no home planet, but their main headquar-
ters is on the planet Kaitan which is also
the seat of the Imperial Court.

Bene Tleilaxu. The Bene Tleilaxu may
get their ten spice like everybody else
does in the module. They may give spice
to one or more other players before the
players determine who will be the first
Manager in return for future considera-
tions during the normal game. Any spice
left over at the end of the Spice Harvest
"section" of the game does not have to be
turned in; instead, it is the spice with
which the Bene Tleilaxu start the normal
game. The Bene Tleilaxu do not receive
any spice during harvest distribution nor
do they bid for any Access cards. For the
record, the home planet for the Bene
Tleilaxu is the planet Tied ax.

NEW TREACHERY CARDS

Semuta Drug — used as a poison
weapon. This weapon is played in a bat-
tle normally and can be blocked by a
snooper. If not blocked, it does not
immediately kill the opposing leader.
Instead, it reduces the fighting strength
of the leader by one. The Semuta card
remains with the leader after the battle,
unless the leader is killed. At the begin-
ning of each following game turn, that
leader's fighting strength is further
reduced by one until the turn reaches
zero, in which case the leader is sent to
the tanks and the Semuta card is dis-
carded. Such a leader is revived normally
and at full strength. Leaders who have a
Semuta card on them lead battle and duel
at their reduced strength. When the
drugged leader is killed, the winner of
the battle collects only the amount of
spice equal to their current reduced
strength at the time of death.

Semuta is a powerful narcotic derived
from the Ellaca Drug. One dose causes per-
manent addiction. The drug causes the
addict to slowly lose his or her abilities as
the addict spends more and more time in
drug-induced euphoria. Addicts do not die
from the drug itself but from deprivation of
food, sleep and other necessities that the
addict denies himself.

Stone Burner — used as a special
weapon. This weapon, played normally in
battle, automatically kills an opponent's
leader and all of his tokens in the territory,
plus the friendly leader. Both players may
use shields to protect their leaders against a
stone burner, but all of the opponent's
tokens are still removed to the tanks. A
player who uses a stone burner in battle
still loses the number of tokens he dials for
the battle. If a lasegun/shield explosion

occurs in the same battle, the lasegun/
shield explosion takes precedence,
destroying all leaders, tokens and spice in
the territory. Optional rule: Unless a
Karama card has been used in the same
battle to prevent Atreides prescience, Paul
Muad'Dib is not affected by the blast of
the stone burner.

A stone burner is a small nuclear
device which is used to bore through
solid rock. While not a very powerful
explosive device, it emits a particular
radiation over a wide radius, which per-
manently blinds any unshielded person,
thus neutralizing any force in the vicin-
ity of the blast. In Dune Messiah, Paul

was so blinded, but used prescience and
the eyes of his children to function.

CLARIFICATIONS

All but the Ixians, Guild and Tleilaxu
are assigned dots. These three take perma-
nent seats at the table to fix the treachery
card bidding order. The Guild fights in the
same order in which it moved. The Guild
can not move before the Ixians, who
always move and fight first.

When the Atreides are in the game, the
Atreides player may either use the Kwisatz
Haderach counter or the Main Character
Leader disc once during the battle round of
each game turn. He may not use both dur-

ing the same battle round. The Kwisatz
Haderach counter may not be used in a
Kanly Duel. Exception: The Main Charac-
ter Leader and the Kwisatz Haderach
counter could be used in multiple battles in
the same territory during a battle round, but
only one or the other could be used in a
particular battle.

In the situation in which both the Bene
Tleilaxu and another player declare the
same leader a traitor at the same moment,
the Bene Tleilaxu claim takes precedence.
Leaders can not be declared as traitors
when they are in a Kanly Duel or a War of
Assassins as fighters or supporters.

CONTRACTING THE EXPANSION

By Stuart K. Tucker

Sometimes it is hard to find the time or
opponents to play the full-fledged game of
DUNE, with all of its expansions and vari-
ants. Even widi the time, differences in player
knowledge may lead to unsatisfactory imbal-
ances. Yet, you'd like to use more than just
the Treachery cards from the expansion. Here
are a few suggestions to make more palatable
the use of these extTa goodies,

ACCESS VARIANT

While THE SPICE HARVEST module
adds an enjoyable dimension to DUNE, it
adds considerably to the playing time. You
can "spice up" your play of the game without
adding much to the playing time by altering
the use of Access cards in THE SPICE HAR-
VEST to establish a variable setup. No longer
do you have to start each game in the same
setup locations, nor do you have to take the
time to play through five spice harvests to
alter the setup. This variant has the advantage
of allowing players to initially jockey for their
stronghold starting positions, while only
adding a few minutes to basic game playing
time.

Ignore rules IV through V.3 of THE
SPICE HARVEST. Instead, shuffle the Access

card deck and deal an equal number of cards
to each player (but no more than five cards
with six or fewer players and no more than
four cards with seven or more players). The
Bene Tleilaxu receives none. The Emperor
then draws one extra card. The Atreides
player then may pick a random card from any
other player, giving that player a chosen card
from his own hand. The Harkonnen player
may decide to receive two extra cards, but in
that case must draw a card randomly from the
Harvest deck. If that card is a worm, he for-
feits and discards his Access cards, including
the extra draws. The Fremen player then
openly selects one of the discarded Access
cards and adds it to liis hand.

Play then proceeds immediately to "IV. 4)
Trading" and continues as described in the
rules of THE SPICE HARVEST. After all
players have placed their tokens in strong-
holds they have won (and negated tokens into
reserve), the Fremen may place additional
tokens on False Walls West or South, as long
as he retains at least ten tokens in reserve.

Players should beware taking all of their
Access points as Spice, as this may open the
way to a first turn victory, especially by a

Guild player using a Karama card to stop one
shipment. Early stronghold access, no matter
how risky, should not be undervalued,

INFLUENCE RESTRICTIONS

The Lansraad powers, as published, upset
die delicate balance of the game. The follow-
ing changes bring the powers into better bal-
ance.

• Restrict the use of the Influence advantage
such that ii can not be used to order the
same player to hold in place in two consec-
utive turns.

• Change the Influence advantage during a
bailie round (Lb.) to affect the Bene
Tleilaxu alone, who thereby cannot spring
their traps.

The Lansraad does have Influence over
the Ixians.

The Lansraad remains a potent player to
be watched carefully in a game using alliance
rules. At least with this rule, he can't blud-
geon one player out of the game, though the
every- other- turn use of Influence against one
player can still be a mighty inducement to
join the Lansraad in alliance.

->— >-^-^-^- (from p. 16)

Thus, our experience says to bet on the
Ranger, Titan and Warlock to generate the
best chance of attaining victory. However,
take this advice with great caution. You
must get the right cards and count the cards.
You have to watch the distribution of the

bets (as well as play order tied to that dis-
tribution). Finally, you have to play the
game over and over again to get an intuitive
feel for what card or cards need to be
played at the appropriate times, especially
to change the chances of a round ending.

TITAN: THE ARENA comes in a small
package and has the right price. Our

group's experience with it has been nothing
less than repeated joy. We heartily recom-
mend it even to the die-hard grognard. It'll
play out in a lunch hour, and it brings the
wife and kids into the hobby.

By Alan Applebaum

Swiss Elimination

Alan Applebaum is a well-known hobby
name. His writings have graced the pages of
The GENERAL and other hobby publications
numerous times. He is a top competitor, and a
regular GM. Alan and J have been friends and
rivals since AvalonCon '91. Alan has been my
sharpest critic, yet his input remains more than
welcome. — Glenn E.L. Pelroski

A gamemaster (GM) for a face-to-face tour-
nament faces a number of challenges in planning
the event.

* Each player should get a chance to play at least
a few games,

* the format should reward skill as much as pos-
sible,

• the tournament must fit into a predictable time
slot,

• odd numbers of players must be handled,

* players leaving and showing up unexpectedly
must be handled,

■ the final standings should be definite (avoid
ties in final rankings), and

• players should neither be rushed nor forced to
wait many hours for a game.

No format will solve all these problems. At
AvalonCon, I have run five two-player tourna-
ments: WAR AT SEA four times and BREAK-
OUT: NORMANDY once. The format I will
describe below is a result of the lessons learned
in those five tournaments. It is far from perfect,
but I think it is about as close as you can come
given the limited time available for a face-to-
face tournament.

Swiss elimination (Swiss Elim) is a combi-
nation of the Swiss system and single elimina-
tion, A Swiss system is a tournament in which
all the players play a fixed number of rounds.
Each round, each player is matched against a
player who has the same win-loss record. At the
end of the fixed number of rounds, the player
with the best win-loss record is the winner. In
some Bridge and Chess tournaments, each
player is required to play all the rounds, but in a
wargame tournament this is neither practical nor
necessary,

Swiss Elim begins as a Swiss System, but
after the Swiss rounds are completed, the lop
four players (or eight, for a very large event) play
single elimination rounds to determine the win-
ner. Swiss Elim seems to combine the best fea-
tures^ — and avoid the worst — of both Swiss and
single elimination.

Number of Rounds. Ideally, you should
schedule enough rounds so that a player who

loses a game still has a chance to qualify for the
semifinal. Otherwise, the event suffers from one
of the major defects of Single Elim — namely,
that players who lose in the first round have no
chance to win the event. Unfortunately, the only
way to guarantee that every player with only a
single loss will qualify is to play an unacceptable
number of rounds. The best compromise is to
ensure that most of the one-loss players will
qualify. I recommend the same number of
Swiss rounds as you would need for a single
elimination tournament— that is, four rounds
for 9-16 players, five rounds for 17-32 players
and six rounds for 33-64 players. For the elim-
ination round qualifiers, the tournament will be
one or two additional rounds, which can be
scheduled at the players' convenience. For
example, assuming no tied games and no drop-
outs, if you have 32 players, after five Swiss
rounds, one person will be undefeated, five will
be 4-1, ten will be 3-2, ten will be 2-3, five will
be i-4, and one will be 0-5. Your four scmifi-
nalists for the elimination rounds include the
undefeated player, plus three of the five players
who are 4-1. Therefore, you will need a tie-
breaking mechanism.

With enough Swiss rounds, you have created
a tournament in which any player losing an early
round will have a better-tban-cven chance to win
the tournament, if he wins the rest of his games.
That should be enough incentive to keep most
people playing until they have two losses if they
are at all serious about the game. If you have to
advance someone with two losses to the elimi-
nation rounds, that's fine too — he will be a
deserving champion if he beats the competition
in those rounds.

Length of Round. Probably the toughest part
of running a Swiss system is that, with a few
exceptions, no one can start a round until all the
games in the previous round are done, because,
unlike in single elimination, the pairings for
each round cannot be done without the results of
all of the games of the last round. In order for the
system to work, you must either allow enough
time for even the slowest players to finish, or be
willing to adjudicate games. If you are running
three games per day, you must limit the rounds
to five hours each, If your game does not lend
itself to adjudication, you are going to have a
difficult time. Be sure to have a committee of
three (including yourself and two known expert
players, if possible) to adjudicate games so you
don't have to bear the entire responsibility.

My toughest challenge as a GM using
Swiss has been to impress upon players the
need for a strict time limit. Hourly time
announcements may be of marginal use, but in
practice, you have no means of enforcing a
time limit unless the game is one that lends
itself to the use of a chess clock. Even then,
few GMs could provide one for all players.
One suggestion is to make the first round or
two longer than your "standard" round, on the
theory that the slowest players are the inexpe-
rienced ones who will only play a round or
two. I generally don't impose any time limit on
the semifinals and final. However, you cannot
afford to accommodate the slowest players at
everyone else's expense.

Choosing Sides. Next up is the question of
how sides are chosen. Generally, there will be
a consensus among experienced players of
any wargame that one side or the other is
favored using the standard victory conditions.
Don't try to assign sides. If you are lucky,
your top players may get to play each side
approximately the same number of times.
However, generally one or two players will
get the favored side for most, if not all, of
their games. The GM can ensure that each
player gets the side he wants through a simple,
elegant mechanism: the auction. This "free
market" approach is preferable to attempting
to adjust the victory conditions yourself to
create game balance.

Almost all modern wargames have some
kind of point system for determining victory.
The players "bid" points if both want the same
side. Without such a point system, the players
can "bid" forces instead, within reason. This
can be done incrementally, or through a single
"blind" bid. With the incremental system, the
option passes back and forth. In a blind bid,
each player writes down a single bid. The
blind bid can give one player a huge and
unnecessary windfall. Either way, you should
record the bids for each game, so that each
player can see what his opponent did earlier in
the tournament.

Pairings. Everyone plays someone with an
identical win-loss record, if possible. You start
by pairing the undefeated players. If you have an
odd number of undefeated players, one of them
is paired against a player with one loss. If you
have an odd number of one-loss players remain-
ing, you pair the last one with a player with two
losses, and so on.

With regard to matching people with identi-
cal records, the traditional, hard-boiled approach
is to match the presumed best player against the
presumed worst player. The advantage of this
system is that it preserves the key matches
between the best players until the end of the
Swiss segment, so that they don't knock each
other out of contention early, allowing an
unknown player with a weak schedule to sneak
through to the elimination rounds. 1 freely
acknowledge that some may regard this as a dis-
advantage, not an advantage. The major disad-
vantage is that the early matches will be mostly
onc-sided affairs that discourage the newer or
marginally interested players.

The reverse approach is to match best
against second-best, third against fourth, etc.

This may annoy some of the top players who
may feel either that they shouldn't be handi-
capped with a tougher schedule, or that the
elimination rounds will be anticlimactic
because all the key games will have been
played early. Most weaker players will appre-
ciate a few games at their own level, however,
and some top players may even be glad to
know early in the tournament whether they are
going to do well so that they have the option to
play something else. Reasonable people can
differ, but ! think a tournament is more exciting
for players and spectators alike if the top play-
ers face each other at the end. The whole issue
is much less significant for Swiss Elim than for
straight Swiss, because, in a Swiss Elim, the
semifinals and finals will be climactic anyway.

For a game with a short history (or suspect
player ratings) a random draw is as good as any-
thing. However, if you are going to take player
strength into account to make the pairings, you
need to rate the players. Now that game-specific
AREA ratings exist, they are a reasonable
method of rating players as long as they cover at
least ten or so games. Personally, I prefer to use
past tournament performance, primarily because
AREA ratings have a heavy PBM component or
may reflect someone preying repeatedly on a
small number of weak opponents. A third
method, possibly the most controversial, is to
ask the top tier of players to rank the lop half of
the field by secret ballot (each player excluding
himself, of course). I would say this is the most
accurate method for a game with a long history,
but takes extra time. Some GMs. instead of
using the pre-tournament ranking, match players
within by Swiss Points accumulated at that point
in the event (described below), but this too is a
time-consuming exercise.

Odd Number of Players. I believe that if a
bye is needed, the lowest-ranking player in the
lowest score-group should get it, I believe fair-
ness requires that a bye be treated as a win; play-
ers should not be penalized through no fault of
their own. Giving the free win to the lowest-
ranked player is less likely to affect the stand-
ings of the top finishers. A better solution is to
have a volunteer available to even out the field
(if that is you, be sure to have assistant GMs
handle situations involving you).

A related problem is that, at wargame tour-
naments, people tend to come and go without
warning. You must make it clear to your play-
ers that if they are not present within a few
minutes of the announced starting time for a
round, they will be presumed to have dropped
out. Similarly, if someone walks on after the
First round, or skips a round and returns later,
he should play only if there is an odd number
of players without him.

Breaking Ties. Personally. I am content to
be lied for fifth, sixth, seventh and the like,
without worrying too much about it (and the
AvalonCon prize structure treats fifth through
eighth alike, so within the same prize level the
GM may just decide not to break ties). How-
ever, ties for the last qualifying position for the
elimination rounds are a serious problem. If
you have just two players who are tied for the
last qualifying position who have played each
other already, its easy — the head-to-head win-

ner advances. If you have twice as many tied
players as positions (for example, four players
tied and two positions available) or two players
who haven't played each other, ihe best answer
is to add a playoff round for the tied players
before the semi-finals and finals.

However, often you won't have time for that,
or you will have three players tied for one or two
qualifying positions. If your game has "points"
you can break ties by giving out Victory Points
(VP) for each game. For example, in my WAR
AT SEA tournaments I required a player to win
by 2 Points of Control (POC), after adjusting for
the bid, to get the maximum 10 VPs for tourna-
ment ranking. A win by 1 POC gained 8 VPs
while a tie gained 5 VPs. WAR AT SEA was not
too well suited to this form of tie-breaker
because a win by exactly 1 POC was such a rare
event that ties among contenders were rarely
broken. Other games like BREAKOUT: NOR-
MANDY, with a VP scale that only goes in one
direction, also have some trouble with this
method — you can measure by how much some-
one "beat the bid," but this may work asymmet-
rically to favor one side or the other. The more
points in the game, the belter the system works
because players with equal win-loss records arc
more likely to have differing VP scores.

Another method is "Swiss Points," whereby
players with tougher schedules will rank ahead
of others with identical win -loss records but
weaker schedules. Rank would be determined
by the total win- loss record (or just win record),
of either all their opponents, or just their victims.
This method should be used only as a last
resort, because the strength of competition is
not in a player's control. Also, a player's ^kill is
being measured over too short a period of time.
In any case, any Victory Point or Swiss Point
tie-breakers should not allow a player with a
worse win-loss record to finish ahead of a
player with a better win- loss record.

Nuts and Bolts, Plan to arrive at the game site
early, especially if using player rankings to
establish matches. When players begin to arrive,
hand them an entry slip, which should ask the
players for their name and address (you should
already possess their ranking). Write the player
ratings on the slips and sort the entry slips in
order of player rating. Each player gets a num-
ber indicating his relative rank (the top-ranked
player is Player 1, the second-ranked player is
Player 2. etc.) After all the players with ranking
have been entered, assign succeeding player
numbers to unrated players at random. Then
write the names on your master chart in player
number order.

As each game result comes in, transfer the
win-loss or VP results to your master chart. Fif-
teen or twenty minutes before the end of the
round, circulate among your players and adjudi-
cate any games still in progress. Ideally, at least
five minutes before the start of [he next round.
you should have all the results. At the pre-
announced lime for the next round, you call the
roll of all players who gave you a result in the
last round.

Once all the Swiss rounds have been com-
pleted, ihe Lop four players play Single Elim. (f
exactly two of the four have played each other,
split them up for the semifinal. Otherwise, you

>lnuilil reward ihe player with the besi Swiss
record by pairing him against the player with the
worst Swiss record of the four, or let the top
qualifier choose his opponent from among the
other diree.

Well, that is how it is done. All of my tour-
naments have run fairly smoothly, everyone gets
to play as many rounds as they want, anyone can
quit whenever he wants, no one gets assigned a
side he doesn't want, and skill is rewarded to the
greatest extent possible.

— Alan Applebaum

Thank you, Alan.

At your service,

Glenn E. L. Petroski

6829 23rd Avenue

Kenosha, Wisconsin S3 1 43- 1233

Home phone: 414-654-5044

Em: GELP@Juno.com

LADDERS REPORTING IN:

ADVANCED THIRD REICH: Michael
Reffue wants to know if there is sufficient inter-
est for an email competition. Contact him at
6800 NW 39 Ave. #392, Coconut Creek, FL
33073 or 954-570-7755 ormreffue@icanect.net.

AGE OF RENAISSANCE. This is Jared
Scarborough's game. He really wants to put
together a pbm competition in this one. Who is
interested? Jared Scarborough, 1 Scarborough
Road, Payson, 1L 62360-9743.

EMPIRES IN ARMS: Experienced GM
searching for players to begin a new game.
Lance Jones, 3095 Robbiedon, Memphis, TN
38128 or 901-372-7890 after 6pm CDT.

GANGSTERS: John Pack is looking for
some "Untouchables." Believes diat he can run
a competition either pbm or email. Bring your
long-range squirt guns! Contact John at 1216 E.
Tamara St., Sandy, UT 84094-4039 or 801-523-
0571 orJPACK@sisna.com.

THE RUSSIAN CAMPAIGN: BJ Bjorum
hands over the pbm ladder to Larry Earhart,
I 1 I I Bagby, Suite 2020, Houston, TX 77002
or 28 1-26! -9504. Most of you know that BJ
has struggled with a myriad of personal
tragedies over the past two years. We all salute
him and pray that his situations will abate in
the near future.

Unlimited CIVILIZATION: William Lentz
has taken over organization from Jared Scarbor-
ough. Still searching for enough interested par-
ties to put together a few pbm games. William
D. Lentz. 104 Pulley Road, Havelock. NC
28532-2526 or 919-447-8246.

VICTORY IN THE PACIFIC: John Pack has
an e-mail competition up and running! Contact
John at 1216 E. Tamara St.. Sandy, UT 84094-
4039 or 801-523-0571 orJPACK@sisna.com.

It Doesn't Get Any Better
T&an TMs...Until Next Year

The AvalonCon '97 Report

By Stuart K. Tucker

ell ,
too.

a plaque or two would be nice.

I always approach a convention with a
certain amount of foreboding. I have had such
great experiences in the past, that I try to be real-
istic and expect a few things to go wrong. The
typical convention has dealers' rooms (maybe
nothing of interest will be for sale this year). It
has auctions (maybe the prices will be outra-
geous or the whole collecting thing will be
falling on its face). It has boardgame tourna-
ments (maybe my favorites won't be offered—
or worse, the convention will be overrun by non-
boardgamers, and no games will be offered).
Yes, the typical convention offers so many
things that quality control is a real issue. For the
dabbler, it usually works out fine in the end,

AvalonCon is not the typical convention.
Opening up the pre-registration form, you will
not find mention of dealers and auctions. You
won't even find some of your favorite games
(we forgive those who don't buy exclusively
from Avalon Hill). You won't be wondering
which hotel is closest to the convention center,
arena or other featured hotel which at a typical
convention harbor the three-ring circuses that
big conventions have become. You will be
pleasantly surprised by the modest room cost
and the centralized location of all events within
a single hotel.

Most astounding of all, however, is the num-
ber of board game events at AvalonCon — each
with no limitations on the number of entrants
and no ticket price. Over 100 different events are
offered over a five day period. Astoundingly
enough, they are all run by volunteer game mas-
ters (GMs) who show up and slick with their
events. Did I mention that there is no event
price? One registration price covers all. That
means convention-goers can rush around and
enter as many events as they can, without worry
about price or being bumped out of the tourna-
ment by entry limits. All you have to do is show-
up on time.

From past experience, 1 knew that attending
AvalonCon' 97 would also mean playing in well-
attended events — none of this "ghost event"
stuff you sometimes see at other conventions.
My favorite game events usually gather 25-70
participants, ensuring a pleasurable time playing
games. The GMs show. The players show. The
space is well managed to ensure reasonable
room and tables for each event, AvalonCon
emphasizes the game-playing environment of
your dreams. Here, you get a high concentration
of people who want to play the same games as
you. That's entertainment.

Still, I approached AvalonCon' 97 with a lit-
tle apprehension. Having not chosen a central
focus in advance, 1 was still in a quandary as to
which of the many events 1 should attend. In a
way, this is an advantage of AvalonCon. For

other conventions, I typically pre- register
months in advance, and, by the titne of the con,
1 am often not in the mood for the particular
event for which I purchased a ticket. At least at
AvalonCon I can change my mind, rush to a
room by an event start time, and still get to play.
I find this aspect of AvalonCon very appealing.

So why worry'? I am still kicking myself for
not volunteering to be a GM. By being greedy
and wanting to play in events tnore than running
them, 1 unwillingly allowed the most egregious of
axons to happen; my top two priority events were
offered at the same time. Now, mind you, I try to
play in a dozen or so events at AvalonCon. Miss-
ing one is not exactly the end of the world.
Nonetheless, I refused to decide between DUNE
and HANNIBAL: ROME VS. CARTHAGE until
the last minute (still hoping an alternate reality
would kick into gear). The choice was so diffi-
cult, I nearly decided to "punt" and play
EMPIRES IN ARMS for five days straight
instead (something that I've always wanted to
do). I nixed that idea due to the job. I am the
standby GM in case disaster or delinquency
befalls an official GM — a remarkably under-
worked role at this conveniion. In fact, for two
years running, no event has gone without an
official GM and only once have I had to depart
a game (a pickup one at that) midstream to go
fill in (and that was simply to teach beginners
during the hour before the event).

Yes, I could count on lots of playing time.
The question was what not to play. The choices
were so delectable. In the end, I made the strate-
gic choice to enter many short events and to
emphasize the kinds of games thai my gaming
group at home doesn't play (sports, for
instance). Truth be told, I planned my conven-
tion around losing. In this manner, I wouldn't go
through the heartache of playing well for half a
tournament, but losing long before getting "into
Ihe money." [f I were to win a multi-round tour-
nament, I'd end up playing far fewer games and

probably be sick of the
game I played repeat-
edly. Of course, I am a
glutton for plaques and
would continue playing
any game which met
with victory. However, I
can remember many a
previous conveniion where
I wondered if I really wanted to play HISTORY
OF THE WORLD three times in 24 hours.

Pulling out the pre-registralion form and
scratch pad, 1 jotted down the starting times of
first-round heats for every short and sweet event
I might care to enter, should a time slot be avail-
able. I committed to my team members to play
MARCH MADNESS (on the theory that a two-
player game would give a belter chance of scor-
ing points for the learn than a multi-player diplo-
matic game in which name identification could
be my undoing) and consequently planned to
enler two of its heals. With four heats from
which to choose, that really didn't limit my
other game options much at all. (1 am happy to
report that the multiple heat format is likely to
play a larger role in future AvalonCons.)

I then highlighted those events that con-
flicted least with others and seemed to be rea-
sonably high priorities. Thursday morning
events turned out to be in the most conflict (few
having alternative heats to attend), but i was
already in a quandary for thai lime slot (DUNE
vs. HANNIBAL). 1 tossed overboard any hope of
playing CANDIDATE, MAHARAJA and KING-
MAKER and searched for alternative time slots
for the other games. That put TYRANNO EX in
direct conflict with one heat to AGE OF
RENAISSANCE and the other heats were a no
go, too. 1 wanted the mbber match with Bruce
Reiff in FOOTBALL STRATEGY and had to
teach the new rules of STOCK MARKET GURU
(limiting the choice of heats, yet again, and
removing the chance to play REPUBLIC OF
ROME). Given the late-night schedule of sports
games, I was going to have a tough time fitting
TITAN: THE ARENA in the schedule if I didn't
give it priority, so I locked myself into its Thurs-
day night heal, leaving time to hit the PRO
GOLF circuit at 1 1pm. Six games in two days,
and I was just rolling up my sleeves. Let's see,
what happens if I win anything in those days?
Fortunately, the finals for each seemed to be at
manageable times later in the weekend (usually
Sunday morning).

Friday was the big day for two heats of
MARCH MADNESS and anything else thai fit
in between or after (maybe some AIR BARON.
maybe CIRCUS MAX1MUS, possibly
DECATHLON). Then, I received the call. A
good old friend wants to swing by to see me
and an oui-of-town friend at one spot, so din-
ner it was. Dinner? Who eats a sit-down dinner
at AvalonCon? I haven't in four years straight,
Hah! This can be pushed into the more appro-
priate "midnight snack" dash to the local
1HOP. So, I lose a little sleep— I doubt I'll
notice amidst the rest of the planned sleep
deprivation. Have I mentioned that I usually
corral some friends after the formal events for
a little pickup play around midnight? Thai
reminds me. Always, always bring a reliable
alarm to AvalonCon.

Saturday's schedule would probably accom-
modate WE THE PEOPLE, PAY DIRT, WIN,
PLACE & SHOW and SLAPSHOT. If all went as
planned (that is, defeat in everything), then Sun-
day was open for GUERILLA (got trounced in
that last year) or, better yet, DINOSAURS OF
THE LOST WORLD (playing with my six-year-
old daughter had given me a greater appreciation
for the game system for adult play). Somewhere
amidst all this, I'd hold a meeting with some
playteslers and make myself available for break-
fast meetings as necessary. Sleep, you ask? The
plan called for about five-and-a-half hours a
night. Very doable, although my WE THE
PEOPLE game would probably suffer signifi-
cantly, coming so late in the convention.

All in all, I turned in a registration sheet to
Don for about 15 games. At that. 1 had great
regrets about a number of events which didn't
fit. No doubt, I'd be lucky if 80 per cent of the
plan came off as scheduled.

WEDNESDAY

While my experience with AGE OF
RENAISSANCE at Origins the previous month
made me wonder if 1 wanted to play with any-
body less experienced at the game, I kept to
schedule and hit it as well as FOOTBALL
STRATEGY.

AGE OF RENAISSANCE ( 1 06 entrants)

A total of 24 tables of six players each saw the ris-
ing tide of western civilization triumph during the
tournament's initial three heats. A semi-final round
then narrowed the field from 36 (including 16 second-
place finishers) to six finalists.

In the final, opening bids were clustered in the
two-to-thrcc range with a single zero, Mike May, the
defending champion, quickly concluded deals with
Paris, played by George Sauer, and London's Brent
Mingo. Meanwhile, the Italian powers failed to reach
agreement on who would lake Crete. Genoa bounded
into an early lead, soon to be pounded mercilessly. It
was then London's turn to be hammered, following a
successful reach around the Iberian coast to North
Africa, coupled with a wool payolT. The Black Death
soon descended on merry England.

Unusual moves saw Paris reach the Mediterranean
through Belgrade and London fail to advance beyond
a Galley 6 until the game's final turn. At the approxi-
mate halfway point, Venice had occupied the Black
Sea along with Hamburg, while Genoa and Hamburg
shared the E. Med.

By turn 6, London had the most advances, hut lost
a War and was hit with Civil War. Genoa Found his
hand full of leaders with little money available and so
heaved them all overboard, leaving each unprotected
from Patronage {Note: Genoa's Misery ended up
being 1000 — holding the cards would have meant
Chaos). This allowed George Sauer' s Paris to turn his
marginal lead into a decisive win with 1761 Victory
Points, Defending champion Mike May
came in second with 1508. Bret Min-
go's London was third with 1191, fol-
lowed by Stephen Koehler's Venice at
925. Nick Aimer's Barcelona at 91 1 and
Phil Mason's Genoa at 346.

FOOTBALL STRATEGY (32)

Okay, nobody used the flair Pass to
nail defending champion Bruce Reiff in
this year's tournament. However, Bruce
did accept Stuart Tucker's first-round
challenge and they sat down for their
third meeting of their FBS careers (the
grudge match). Bruce ale up the clock
wilh his vaunted ball-control offense,
but it was Tucker's aerial offense and
his repeated use of bombs on 2nd or 3rd
and short that prevailed by providing
the field position necessary to kick four
field goals and march to an 18-3 vic-
tory, Tucker's euphoria carried him to a
nine-point lead against fellow Balti-
more League member. Bill Geary, only
to have an unbelievable blocked punt and a crucial
third down call allow Cleary to pull out a 23-22
squeaker. Cleary managed to blow away his other
competition to go to the semi-final against another
Baltimore Leaguer, Paul O'Neil (who had also scored
easy victories). O'Niel scored an impressive 37-21
victory to earn the bid to the final.

In the other heat, Dave Terry survived close games
including a 10-9 victory over Jim Vroom to get to the
semi-final. George Holland snuck past Don Green-
wood 21-17 in the first round and then rolled tip
impressive victories on the way to the semi-final
where he crushed Terry. Holland couldn't put together
yet one more 33-point performance, succumbing to
O'Niel 20-17 in the championship game. This makes
two years in a row that a Holland has lost in the final.

After a meeting with playteslers of a sports
finance game at eleven, followed by a relatively
early bedtime, my day was complete: I -2 for the
day, and no advances to finals to schedule.

THURSDAY

Okay, I snored a bit and my roommate is a
light sleeper. No big deal. 1 know a fair number
of gamers at this convention, so without much
ado, 1 arranged a few bed swaps to ease my
roommate's plight for the rest of the conven-
tion, while lying up with a room of people who
keep the same hours as I — we all turned on lire
afterburners at midnight and logged hours at a
few non-Avalon Hill games in the hallways.
We also joined the TITAN: THE ARENA craze.
Every convention has its "newest thing," but
this one truly bowled over participants. The
first set off the presses arrived on Thursday and
were sold out long before Saturday morning.
Every hallway was occupied by sets of four and

five people playing quick hands of the game
between tournaments. In the end, the formal
tournament of TITAN: THE ARENA was the
convention's largest (126 entrants), but that
was less than half of the games of it being
played. I get ahead of myself.

The morning brought the moment of truth.
With much anguish. I decided to try to back up
my pro-Carthaginian boasting and entered HAN-
NIBAL. Play of the greatest multi-player politi-
cal/military game of all lime (DUNE) would
have to await some other time. Besides, I had to
challenge one of my new roommates to see if

cither of us could get the HANNIBAL plaque (he
almost won it last year). Of all the tournaments,
this was the one I most wanted to win. I have
never yet tired of playing the game repeatedly,
hecause each time it has a different flavor, due to
the strategy deck. Karsten and I split up and
headed to different ends of the huge pack of
players registering with the GM standing on the
chair (if at all possible, we wanted to meet each
other in the final). If necessary, I'd work out a
deal with the GM to fulfill my demonstration
obligations for STOCK MARKET GURU.

HANNIBAL (52)

This year's expanded tournament length allowed
full games to be played in each round. As a result,
most of the bidding was for control of the favored
Romans. Nonetheless, Hannibal and his cousins won
plenty of the games. A number of first-round
Carthaginian winners had bid for control of Hanni-
bal, a prae lice ihey stopped when they saw opponents
giving Ihem PCs for playing Rome against Ihem.
Using published rules errata, the dealh of Hannibal
did nol bring games to an abrupt end. Many Roman
players thus faced the task of surviving againsl very
daring and desperate attacks by Hasdruhal and his
many successors. Despite some creaiive taciics by
Carthaginian players, the early death of Hannibal
usually led to slow, but definite defeat.

The championship game between James Doughan
and Martin Sampler came down to a close province
count at the start of turn 9, with Hannibal well-
entrenched in Gallia Cisalpina facing Scipio Africanus
and l he endless reserves of Roman Droops (in fact,
except for a minor aberration in Etruria. PCs on the
board looked much like they do on lum 2 of a typical
game). Rome could expect to easily reclaim Etruria.
Carthage had to worry aboul a major move into Spain.
Alas, the Roman player was dealt a hand of strategy
cards without naval movement ability. Deciding

against a long trek to Spain along the coast. Sampler
did Lhc only option remaining: repeated assaults
against Hannibal in which both players received about
the same number of cards (around 1 6). Battle after bat-
tle resulted in no weaknesses in Hannibal's tactical
plans, leaving Doughan in control of Gallia and eight
provinces in Spain and Africa necessary to win by the
narrowest of margins.

STOCK MARKET GURU (18)

This newly-released revised version of STOCKS &
BONDS caught a few players unprepared for the
expanded ways to win. Hall-of-famer and one-time
STOCKS & BONDS champion Ken Gutermuth was
seen shaking his head after losing in the first round;
"Buying on margin is no longer the way to win this
game." Indeed, each preliminary game dealt with
extremely different business cycles. Nathan Kilbcrt
narrowly won his game with growth- oriented stocks,
despite the hyper-inflationary climate which was
shelling out over 16 per cent earnings per year to
bondholders (who shrewdly kept plowing interest
earnings back into bonds, even during bull markets).
At another tabic, interest rates plummeted to low lev-
els and stuck, preventing potential bondholders from
earning money on bond price fluctuations as well as
interest. In this game, the stocks were more actively
traded, and a number of players were nailed by busi-
ness failures along the way. Stryker Oil gamblers at
every tabic found few opportunities for big profit,
although the occasional partial position in Suyker
helped a number of players with fortunale liming dur-
ing Stryker's unusual countercyclical ups. In the final,
Debbie Otto was the Wall Street guru who showed
KJlbert, Danny Robinson and John Quarto how to use
stock tips, '["he game's designer was seen leaving with
a smile after losing his first round game, but finishing
with nearly quadruple his starting cash- According to
SEC records, none of the players learned the hard way
the penalties of getting caught osing insider informa-
tion for their trading.

TITAN: THE ARENA (126)

The first heat Wednesday drew approximately 20
people, many of which were unsure what this card
game entailed. By heal three and four, the participants
topped 50 in each heal, some coming back for a sec-
ond lime. It didn't seem to matter whether people won
or not. The prevailing factor was that everyone had
fun! In the end, a fierce game of five players ensued
from the 25 final round players to determine the grand

prize winner. The players were so engrossed in the
game that on more than one occasion the players for-
got to wield the power of the creature they backed or
forgot to draw after playing (right Ken?). Congratula-
tions to the victor, Peter Staab, for his narrow win.

PRO GOLF (65)

Occupying the usual raucous Friday night, over-
stuffed Salon F slot, this tournament gathered another
strong crowd of dice magicians. To make it to the final
foursome, contestants played a round at Pebble Beach
and a round at Augusta. Nothing worse than a score of
"-7" earned entry into the final.

The final featured one round of the skins game
(hole winner taking the points of accumulated unwon
holes) — with enormous, green, foam dice. Bruce Reiff
birdied the first hole for the lead. Then nobody could
win the next seven holes. With eight points and near
certain victory up for grabs on the ninth hole, Reiff
cagled. However, Mike Metealf also eagled to deny
the points. With ten points on the line at the eleventh
hole, Reiff again eagled, but Metealf came through
with his own eagle. Meanwhile, Ken Guttermuth and
Dave Metzger. who spent a number of these crucial
holes in sand and water, saw victory in dieir grasp. At
the thirteenth hole, Metzgcr's birdie was enough to
claim the accumulated twelve points and victory. Gut-
termuth finished out the round claiming a handful of
holes, thus pushing the spectacular- shot-hitting Reiff
and Metealf into third and rourth.

I managed initially to win in HANNIBAL, but
success did not last long. Early in my second-
round game, my Hannibal lost unexpectedly in a
battle with no place to retreat. 1 managed to
extend the game to the final turn (largely
through daring use of Hasdrubal and H. Gisgo),
but by the start of turn 9, the Carthaginians
clearly had no chance to recover enough
provinces. I was only slightly relieved to hear of
a similar fate for my friend in his third-round
game. At least, the Carthaginians won the cham-
pionship game.

With the print run just beginning for TITAN:
THE ARENA, our early heats were caught a bit
off-balance (not enough decks and not enough
tables for the arriving entrants). We squeezed
into the room tighter than the survivors of the
Titanic and I bowed out of a game to become a
rules teacher. Tough luck — "I coulda been a
contenda."

What can be said about PRO GOLF1 1 went
for the green. After missing the cut for the skins
game by two shots, I trundled off to bed satisfied
yet again with my performance: 1-3 for the day,
no finals.

FRIDAY

With no good news reported by my
teammates (Boys on the Hill), the pres-
sure to do well was acute. I'd have to
devote myself to a second heat of
MARCH MADNESS if! didn't make the
final four via the morning heat. It
looked like I might not get out of Salon
F that day.

surprise. She emerged victorious from the talent-rich
first heat with the first bid to the final four champi-
onship round. Michael Metealf won the second heat
and Bruno Passacantando won the third (foreclosing
both efforts by defending champion Joe Diminnie to
enter the final four). The competition for the final spot
brought together four new hopefuls and twelve losers
from previous heats (hoping to gel lucky from low
draft slots). Editor Smart Tucker's promising second
effort fell upon the rocks when his opponent's final
timeout against his Duke 1990 team engineered a 16-
poinl swing to win the game. One-time champ Bruce
ReifFs second effort was more fruitful, gaining him
the final spot. In die semi-final game. Carrie Lewis'
Cinderella team finally fell. Bruce Reiff defeated
Bruno Passacantando for his second MARCH MAD-
NESS championship.

Meeting with enough success in the morning
heat to miss an AIR BARON heat, I sat around in
Salon F playing TITAN: THE ARENA with all
the other sports game also-rans, awaiting the
mid-afternoon heat. Then, a worried Don Green-
wood snagged me for a duty — time to go teach
the kids how to play PRINCESS RYAN'S STAR
MARINES. A growing mob was gathering
before the Junior's event starting time. Arriving
just moments before the game's designer, we
dove into the most pro mot ion- hungry pack of
marines you could imagine. Kid's game? Huh,
These boys and girls would eat some playtcslers
alive. Some people think that the Junior's events
are an exalted form of babysitting. No way.
These entrants are gamers to the core. I pitied
the occasional frazzled mother that I saw shut-
tling to and from such dens of competition. One
was clearly doing double takes at her checkbook
after seeing how excited her kids were about
the games.

Conventions do have a habit of eliciting
game expenditures. 1 always come prepared to
drop a few hundred bucks. Even at AvalonCoti,
where no other companies are represented, you
will find a few game sellers playing in the open
gaming area (often ihey have an assortment of
used games, but some are pushing their latest
design). In my case, 1 found a few rare issues of
Strategy & Tactics to buy. In previous years, a
handful of European games caught my attention.
Although I reserve my game collecting for the
auctions at Origins or GenCon, 1 was not dis-
pleased by stumbling across these opportunities.

AIR BARON (1 12)

This second -year tournament drew another large
crowd of entrants over the course of four heats. Game

MARCH MADNESS (47)

The feminization of basketball fandom
continued at AvalonCon. Inspired by the
recent printing in The GENERAL of the 1997
women's final four (and perhaps a few tele-
vised women's games), Carrie Lewis learned
the game from her husband and charged into
the tournament with a fully-steamed fast-
break that caught a number of veterans by

Engaged in a different form of

madness, these players tackle Global

War in ADVANCED THIRD REICH/

EMPIRE OF THE RISING SUN.

Even On
Calm Dag*
Theg Expected
Atlantic Storm

eESsESEShI

if ijujjlIJ r jn

hnz ziiLill^sTzuiiz}, may iu JbU/jj.

i m: ARMOR!

Call us toll free!

Armory East Armory West

1101 Greenwood Rd. 1839 Deming Way

Baltimore, MD 21208 Sparks, NV 89431
(800) 669-4263 (800) 244-3423

Fax: (410) 602-8140 Fax (702) 356-211

On the Internet? E-Mail us at AriKieast@a?

^ 88

J J * *

Jester's Court
Great Escape
Gator Gaines
Days of Knights
Fantasy Factory
Lou's Lair
Gamers Haven
Tabletop Games & Hobbies
Pandemonium Games
3 Trolls, Inc.
Ground Zero Games
New England Comics
MTI Gamemasters
Game Place, The
Dream Wizards
Hobby Works
Hobby Works II
Rider's Hobby Shop
Rider's Hobby Shop

Ypsihnti, Ml
St. Charles, NIO
Cranberry, NJ
Woodbridge, NJ
indwell NY
Dayton, OH
Toledo, OH
Oklahoma City, OK
Hammelstown, PA
Philadelphia, PA
N. Charleston, SC
Anandale, VA
Blaeksburg, VA
Chantilly, VA
Norfolk, VA
Richmond, VA
Bellevue, WA
Beflingham, WA
Huntington, WV

Riders Hobby Shop

Fantasy Shop

Gamers Realm, The

Game Room

Armada Entertainment

Cathartic Dreams

Glass City Games

Game Shop, The

Omtiidon's Games & Collectibles

Legends

Green Dragon

Lucky Frog, The

Fun & Games

Game Parlor

Campaign Headquarters

Camelot Comics

Ludicrous Games

Eagles Games

Danzig Corridor

winners in each heat advanced to the semi-final round,
Defending champion Jack Jaeger was denied victory
in both heats he entered. This year saw a numher of
father/son rivalries surviving into the semi-final round.
The 22 semi-finalists met on Sunday morning to play
the final two rounds in quick succession. In a raucous
final round, James Garvey's persistence yielded vic-
tory. Not only did he gain his berth into the semi-final
round in heat four, after three previous failures, but he
also adopted the conservative, JFK. hub strategy in the
final, letting others battle over the tough-to-hold ATL
and DFW hubs.

PRINCESS RYAN'S STAR MARINES

More than 70 gamers played in the Adult and
Junior's tournaments. Like the Marine card deck, one-
third of which is made up of female Marines, girls
accounted for ahout a third of the gamers in the
Junior's tourney. About a dozen or die kids who
played in the Junior's tournament were veterans (par-
ticipated in the AvalonCon'96 demo). First place went
to Brad Carman, who led the Marines to victory in
both rounds. Second place went to Adam Clark, while
Erica Kirchncr was third, both of which led victorious
Marines in one round and had played the Cuards in
another round.

Several of the juniors came back on the second day
to play in the regular toumey. The field of 38 players
was beaten by John Ellsworth. Christopher Bodkin
placed second, while Brian Kirchncr. Stephen Shed-
don and Jeremy Billones rounded out the top five.
Honorable mention goes to Christina Hancock as the
most enthusiastic marine, and to Verity Hitchings, as
the most bloodthirsty, yet surprisingly cheerful,
marine (her team of marines also suffered the highest
casualties while defeating the Guard). In the true 'It's
Better Thai Way" spirit, Deborah Osborne remained
cheerful and helpful, despite playing in two games
where the marines were slaughtered.

TITLE BOUT (24)

Sluggers dominated the bouts this year, with few
fights lasting the distance. One of the biggest sur-
prises in the course of the event was Ken Good's
George Foreman scoring a first-round technical
knockout over David Anderson's Joe Louis. How-
ever, Foreman's "stamina" showed as he lost a Gist-
round TKO to Jeff Henckels' Sonny Liston. Henckel
went on to win his semi-final bout with former tour-
nament champ Terry Coleman. Meanwhile, the other
semi-final featured two former champs, Bruce Reiff
and Ken Gutermuth. ReifFs Mike Tyson scored a
first-round TKO over Gutermuth's Rocky Marciano,
The final between Reiff s Tyson and Henckel's Lis-
ton managed to run into the fourth round before

Adult and youth Star Marines

receive instruction from the

designer, Mark McLaughlin

Tyson won by TKO, Later, Reiff was seen biting his
plaque (outside the ring).

Having missed the afternoon heat of MARCH
MADNESS. 1 decided to play a few pickup
games of TITAN: THE ARENA in the hallways
and then go out to dinner with a friend and fel-
low game designer, thereby missing the TITLE
BOUT and CIRCUS MAXIMUS tournaments
that evening. 1 returned to find a midnight
pickup game of Railway Rivals, where I man-
aged to blow race leads in the final two die rolls
more times than I'll live down. Take a hint,
don't let me roll for you on any joint runs we
may ever share. Day's score: 4-4, no finals.

SATURDAY

Getting up was beginning to tax my room-
mates at this time, but the competitive juices
started flowing over breakfast. For team and
honor, I decided to skip the WE THE PEOPLE
tournament and enter the fourth and final
MARCH MADNESS heat. If I had time, maybe
I'd make the final heat of AIR BARON that after-
noon. Being a former WIN, PLACE & SHOW
champion and having the dubious honor of hav-
ing "The Stuart K. Tucker Memorial I Got
Pucked Award" renamed for me for SLAP-
SHOT, my evening plans seemed solid.

However, fate always throws you a twist.
Once again, I did well enough in MARCH MAD-
NESS with the 1 990 Duke team to be drained
from the experience — but not well enough to
make the Final Four. I also missed the AIR
BARON start. Quick, what's up next that will
finish before WPS. My colleagues informed me
that two short events beckoned: AUCTION and
ORIGINS OF WW II. Alas, I said, I knew the
rules to neither — fostering a spontaneous out-
break of game teaching combustion. In a matter
of minutes, I was primed to play AUCTION.
Gleefully, I dashed off to the event.

WE THE PEOPLE (40)

Forty-seven per cent of the games in the double-
elimination tournament resulted in an American win.
Thirty-seven per cent were British wins while fifteen
per cent of games played were drawn. Slightly more
than half of the British wins were caused by the cap-
ture of George Washington, although most of these
occurred during the first round. The average bid of
PCs given to die British player in order to play the
American side was 2.8, increasing as the contest
progressed to the later rounds.

Thomas Drueding, the 1996 HANNIBAL-
ROME VS. CARTHAGE champion, prevailed as the
British over GM Jim Falling in the final round
game which lasted through the 1782 War Ends
card. The other top players were Brian Mounlford,
Peter Fecurka, Marvin Birnbaum, Chris Rice, Mike
Lochtcfeld and Nicholas Anner. Brian Mountford
made an impressive AvalonCon debut by taking
third place with a 5- 1 - 1 record in his first-ever tour-
nament.

AUCTION (16)

Scheduled opposite the ACQUIRE tournament
this year, attendance was halved. Tournament new-
comer Stuart Tucker proved that you don't need to
be too tired to memorize the cards to lose this
game— managing to make five successive miser-
able sales tolls (three rejected and two at 25 per cent
value) in his first round game. In the meantime,
1996 champ, Bruce Monnin was able to wrap up a
first round victory at another table before Tucker's

dice stopped tumbling. The final also featured expert
art connoisseurs Bruce Reiff, Marilyn Koleszar and
Ken Gutermuth. Despite his deceptive poker grin,
Monnin did not have the quick victory nearly dealt to
him this time, and then suffered when he lost needed
items to the Collector. Reiff and Koleszar managed to
collect items whose matches were near the bottom of
the deck, giving Hall-of-Famer Gutermuth a chance lo
do something about his kaleidoscopic initial deal— an
opportunity he exploited well to claim his second
AUCTION plaque,

WIN, PLACE & SHOW (15)

A veteran group of race-fixers tried to outwit a few
newcomers to die tournament in this two-round affair.
The newcomers all managed to lose a few too many
bucks on Daily Double bets that had no chance among
the sharks at the tables. Nonetheless, several newcom-
ers managed to come out of the first round with first or
second place (two players from each preliminary five-
player game advanced), Jim Bell pulled ahead at one
table on the basis of sound betting on the favorites in
the first four races. Stuart Tucker managed a spectac-
ular comeback on the back of Mona Lisa in the sixth
race, falling a few dollars short of second (but gaining
entry into the final due to the departure from the tour-
nament of the second-place player). At another table.

-s--' v

A convention of the people, by

the people, and for the people,

AvalonCon provides plenty of

opportunities for fun fur

players uf all ayes.

AvalonCon veteran (but tournament newcomer) Jim
Garvey, having been alerted to the race-fixing he could
expect to sec in the first two races and packing a copy
of Tucker's Speed Figures, managed to stay in the
money and get into the final along with veteran John
Coussis and Hall-of-Famers Ken Gutermuth and Brace
Reiff.

The final quickly turned into a rout, when John
Coussis hit it big in the first four races, piling up more
than a $100,000 lead. Meanwhile, wiley Reiff, Guiet-
mulh and Tucker gave new meaning to the phrase "the
jockey is maneuvering his horse," managing to find
ways to foil the anticipated bets of each other. Jim Bell
and Jim Garvey looked on in puzzlement, but stayed
clear of the horse banging, and held second and third
place going into the fifth race. With Coussis so clearly
ahead, Reiff (the 1996 champ), Gutermuth and Tucker.
thinking alike, piled their last bucks on Cockroach (10-
1) across the board. Tucker, after placing his bets, had
but $500 remaining with which to own a horse in the
final race. Coussis, recognizing the desperate situation
of his opponents, knew that he had to try to bet in a
similar manner in order to keep them from catching up.
Not knowing whether to bet the favorite or the long-
shot, he split his money on the two (not usually a win-

By Sunday, my dreams of winning
plaques were quickly dissipating.

Hunsinger's humorous reading of the
rules, a birthday singing and the offi-
cial unveiling of the newly-named
Stuart K. Tueker I Got Pucked
Awards. (Alas, Stuart having been
"pucked" repeatedly throughout the
convention at a wide variety of
games, was busily engaged in scor-
ing his only points of the convention:
drinking a glass of Port with an out-
of-town guest. Rumor has it that his
teammates are looking for a new
fourth after his abysmal failures at
MARCH MADNESS this year.) Dan
Metzger won the plaque, surviving
the Tina] round game against Mike
Garton, Ray Stakenas, Bruno Wolff,
Verity Hitchings, Mark Bailey, Mike
May and Dan Dolan, Jr.

ning proposition, but this time a good way to not lose
much of his huge lead).

In that fifth race, Cockroach is actually a better bet
than appears on quick glance. If the racing pace is
slow, he can hit the turn on the inside lane and may
benefit from his low- probability bonus at the same
time. Furthermore, the three horses with apprentice
jockeys can get tangled in the turn. Sure enough, the
owners' boxes were full of people chanting for "five,"
the 'Roach's bonus number, which obligingly came up
in three of the first four rolls, allowing the 'Roach to
crush the field. Suddenly the game was a game again,
as the three lagging players cashed in belting tickets
for $70-90,000 each. Coussis' hedging kept him sub-
stantially ahead, but the sixth race could now sink him.

As the horses for the sixth race were being bought.
Tucker kept up the illusion with his chat that, of
course, Mona Lisa was the only bel in town in the
sixth. Coussis, wanting to ensure a fair running of her,
bid for ownership, but then let Tucker lake her for
$10,000, thinking he'd jockey her well. Garvey and
Coussis bet her across ihe board, but with conservative
levels of cash. Gutermuth, too. fell for Tucker's ruse
and bet fully on Mona Lisa. Into the backstretch, all
looked true-to- form, with Reiff and Gutermuth realiz-
ing that they probably weren't going to win enough
more than Coussis to close the gap, but doing all they
could to keep their horses from tangling. Meanwhile,
Tucker had gambled on another long shot, Hannibal
(8-1 ), which isn't a great horse, but has the most prob-
able bonus number and a very fortunate moving order
that can get a lucky entrance into the final turn along
the rail to save ground. Going into the final turn.
Tucker had Mona Lisa hug the rail, seemingly to save
ground and crush the field on the stretch. However, it
was clearly a foolish gamble, which failed — as Tucker
had long planned — with Mona Lisa getting hung up
behind the pack and losing precious running speed.
Hannibal gained the necessary bonus number in the
stretch and, to the shock of the other players, won the
race. When the count was done, it turned out that
Tucker's maneuver had wrecked the chances of most,
but left him a few thousand short of second place. John
Coussis and Jim Garvey let out sighs of relief when
Mona Lisa still managed to finish in the money, to
earn them die necessary bucks to win the tournament
in first and second place, respectively. Through
maneuvers and extraordinary luck, this final trans-
formed from a boring rout into one of the most
exciting in years.

Winners and losers alike walked away with a
belter understanding that in horse racing, you are
betting against other bettors more than you are betting
on a particular horse. Who says sports games don't
involve warfare?

SIAPSHOT( 106)

The sleepy late-night Saturday crowd gathered for
another stab at being the largest tournament of the
year. The event was opened hilariously by Keith

After the roller-coaster games of WIN,
PIJlCE & SHOW, my "dinner date" friend
finally showed, and I lamentably missed the
start of the SIAPSHOT tournament. Feeling
myself coming down with something, I turned in
for what was to be a miserable night of sickness.
Day's score: 3-5, including one lost final.

SUNDAY

With no invitations to a final round, I was
still determined to take one more shot at a
plaque. I decided to pass on GUERILLA (which
I've only played twice). I walked slowly off to
DINOSAURS OF THE LOST WORLD, where
(he no-longer-eligible-to-be-juniors opponents
tolerated my occasional dashes to the bathroom.

GUERILLA (36)

The would-be dictators vied For top honors in a
two- round tourney. This year saw a complete reversal
from the previous year's tournament. The dominance
of the guerilla factions was evident, as they won all the
first round games. The second and final round was
played with three chits each of the government and
guerilla factions. A mere four victory points in the
final game decided first (Gordon Rodgers) and second
place. If only John Sonderman had played one less
atrocity on Nicholas, the results would have been

decided in his favor. So goes war. Sean Cousins, 1996
champ, was eliminated in the first round at the hand of
Gordon Rodgers.

DINOSAURS OF THE LOST WORLD (20)

Having been turned onto this excellent game by
officernates, editor Stuart Tucker ventured onto the
dangerous plateau in the weary Sunday morning
hours. Little did he know that his young competition
entered this game after years of tournament experience
and top-notch preparatory "home" work. Tucker's pre-
liminary game proved that John Poniske, Jr. could
equal the feat of his father (who beat Tucker in WF.
THE PEOPLE at AvalonCon'95). In this game,
Poniske used a daunting stack of Dinosaurs to keep a
gun-shy front-runner from getting to her exit route.
Tucker racked up the points necessary to leave the
plateau for victory, but found that Poniske had
scooped up all the easily-found exit items. Poniske
adeptly kept the focus of attention away from his
eome-from-behind point scoring and won, despite
Tucker's repeated efforts to blunder into events that
might find the final exit item (buried as the penulti-
mate card in the deck). Poniske went on to win the
plaque in the final against Robert Navolis, Devon Gin-
nard and Michael Dwyer. Maybe the adults can get
into the finals against the Junior tournament graduates
next year!

That left nothing but the door-prize drawing
and the lamentations of the losers. . .

Not quite. Despite my ailing stomach,
another pickup game or two of TITAN: THE
ARENA beckoned that afternoon. It would be a
tough drive home that evening, but little did
that weigh against the long, 359-day wait for
AvalonCon'98. Ending with a combined
record of 9-17, with no plaque to show for the
effort, I achieved my convention objective of
having a blast.

I certainly logged plenty of preparation time
for TITAN: THE ARENA. That is one tourna-
ment about which I need have no foreboding in
1998. This time, I will arrive at the tourney with
a deck and teach my opponents through ihe
school of hard knocks. Sorry friends, get outta
my way — I'm overdue for another plaque.

and then there was the "convention within the co
an alternate reality beyond the grasp of gaming parents
[if not beyond their imaginations].

Carmen Fails to get her carbine back in action, but the troopers doub
up on targets ond mow down the bug assault like clockwork, although
J Ace's Morita assault rifle also jams. Nuke's round takes out a warrior,
I the blast effects fail to damage the Green plasma bug.

> > > > > (from p.10)

Nuke vs. western green warrior R7= 7 (kill):

Blasr effect: Plasma s- 5 (save); Warrior s=I

(save).

Drop ship vs. northern green warrior R7(2)=

1,3,4 (hit), s= I (save).

TROOPER TURN 3

There is potential for casualties here, as Gar-
ments carbine is jammed and she will most
likely be surrounded by bugs. I still don't think I
should move Green Squad, preferring to gain the
fire bonus. If I can hold out another turn, the
bugs will be spent. Hurry up, Johnny !

I in ay not be able to hit at long range, but I
more than make up for it in close quarters. Five
warriors rush up and five warriors fall. Zander is
the man, twice taking out bugs at long range. I'm
sure J.C. is wondering when he will be able to
roll some melee attacks. The plasma bugs are
moving closer, though, and 1 don't trust my luck
to hold once he starts dropping plasma down on
my troopers.

BUG TURN 3

I immediately see the drawback of my origi-
nal plan. My plasma bugs are still not in place
for firing, and yet all of my warriors are hiding
under the cliffsides ready for the assault. The
fact that Carmen has her weapon jammed makes
the green troopers all too tempting a meal. If I

can reduce trooper firepower here, my warriors
may be able to get to one of the wounded, which
would take the burden off of my plasma bugs
(and leave Nuke a target).

After seeing fire effects like that, I have to
say that those troopers were a lot more experi-
enced than my brain bug imagined!

NEUTRAL COMMENTARY

Chris wisely didn't move Shujumi in case
the bugs rushed Nuke again. Carmen failed to
unjam her weapon. She still had the positive
role of standing over the wounded body to
keep it from being squished by the onrushing
bugs, but she was likely to receive the brunt of
the attack. Oddly, Chris failed to have any
trooper take cover under the wings of the
retrieval boat. If the bugs break through, this
error could cost him later in the battle.

J.C. indeed rushed Zim and Carmen's end of
the rescue zone. His move of the plasma bugs
finally made it clear that he planned on using
plasma from the W5 promontory to nail the res-
cue zone. The green plasma crept onto the
plateau on the same tum, making for a dicey sit-
uation for the VIP wounded, as Nuke could only
fire at one plasma per turn.

Zander, from long range, took out one of the
threats to Carmen. Chris experienced another gun
jam, but not before Ace took out another warrior.
Sugar was Carmen's last chance and made his hit
count. Zim's split fire amazingly finished off two

bugs. Chris' worst shots happened on the least
important pan of the battlefield. Nuke hoped thai
a scattered shot or the blast effects would get him
a plasma bug, but failed.

J.C.'s wave has been decimated. It is up to
the plasma bugs now. He has a few reserve bugs
to shield them, but he'll be hard pressed now as
the MI goes over to the attack, having success-
fully merged his two groups. The jams won't
hurt Chris much now that the main wave of bugs
has been repelled. J.C.'s strategy now rests on
raining accurate plasma blasts on the wounded
while playing the game of "evade the bug
hunters." The W5 promontory is an excellent
ground for this, as it will take awhile for Chris to
cover it with effective fire. Nuke will need a
lucky shot. I still think J.C. blew the battle early
by not climbing the Rl plateau. Chris hasn't paid
the usual price for remaining so concentrated.
Now the only price he is paying is that he hasn't
covered the W5 promontory well.

TURN 4

Part of Black Squad takes up positions cov-
ering the bug hole. Carmen unjams her
weapon, but Ace fails. The hopper jumps to
attack Nuke from ike caver of the ravine. Both
plasma bugs reach high ground from which
they threaten the wounded.

Johnny vs. hopper Rl(4)= 2,6 (hit), s= 5 (kilt).
Drop ship vs. green plasma R!2(l)= 4,5,5

(miss).
Rasczak vs. eastern green warrior R3(l)=

IJ, 1,2 (three hits, jams), s= 4,4,6 (kill).
Sugar vs. black plasma R7(l)= 3.4,6 (miss).
Zim vs. green plasma R3(2)— 3,4,6 (miss).
Carmen vs. same R3(l )= 1,5,6 (hit), s= 5 (save).
Shujumi vs. same R5(l) — 4,5 (miss).
Dizzy vs. same R6(l)= 4,5,6 (miss).
Zander vs. black warrior on hole R4(l)= 1,2,4

(hit), s= 5 (kilt).
Nuke vs. green plasma R8= 8 (kill); Blast effect;

warrior s= 2 (save).
Note: post-mortem analysis reveals that this shot
was illegal — LOS being blocked by the smoke
of the retrieval boat. Of course, the outcome
might not have been affected much, as Nuke
could target the black bug instead and have an
easy time in turn 5 running down the green
plasma bug. Nonetheless, a word to the wise,
check on your opponent's LOS.

Black plasma bug vs. Ace/wounded R7= 8 (kill).

TROOPER TURN 4

It is time for Black Squad to earn its pay.
Nuke moves to cover both the remaining bug
hole and the plasma bugs, leaving Zander and
Dizzy to cover him. Johnny heroically jumps
down into the ravine, poised to rush to the bug
hole if Nuke fails to close it. Green Squad is
recovering from the bug attack, and can hear the
ponderous steps of an approaching plasma bug...

Zander riddles the bug guarding the bug hole,
clearing the way for Johnny to rush forward to
plug the hole. This leaves Nuke free to take a
shot at a plasma bug, which disappears in a sat-
isfactory nuclear glow. However, a VIP is now
R.I.P. as J.C. trades shot for shot, turning Ace
and the wounded psychic (bye-bye, Doogie) into
hot plasma.

After all my withering fire, the bugs arc still
in this game.

•> ■ ■> ■ > ■ ^ > ■ (continued pg. 33)

CENTURY

SITUATION REPORT (SITREP)
1300 hrs.

■ TacOps '98 is a new

version of a highly praised
game: "...a helluva lot of fun
to play"— PC Gamer ... "Simply
an outstanding piece of
work"— Strategy Plus

'Windows 95 and Mac with Windows
vs Mac capability

■ Turn-based tactical strategy

■ Peatures real world

military contour maps in

sizes up to 40 kn by 40 km
for a total of 1600 square
kilometers

Satellite reconnaissance ha% spotted a weakness in the
enemy's right flan)

With clock-like precL
missiles. Apache helicoi
A battalion of your state-of-the-art Abrams Battle Tanks move
swiftly to overwhelm the enemy's already battered defenses.
Aid behind them, your Bradley Fighting Vehicles deliver
mobile infantry forces to mop up.

C £?»n

Available at your favorite computer game retailer,
visit our 24-hour store at http://www.avaionhill.com

I99S M j alon Hill Game Company, Macintosh and Mac arc registered trademarks

ol AppJe Computer, Inc. Window? Js-a trademark of Microsoft Corporation

•pany

DIVISION OF MONARCH AVALC
4517 Harford Road, Baltimore, MD 21214
410-254-9200 • Fax: 410-254-0991

|Mac"<

The GENERAL 32-1

CONTEST #184— Sound Advice

One of the drawing points of this magazine is its excellent strategic
advice. Now, it is time for a pop quiz on how well this advice has been
absorbed by readers. This contest asks you to identify the games to which
the following quotes from past issues of The GENERAL apply. If you
don't recognize all of them, don't feel bad — some may be red herrings,
false quotes intended to throw you off. In the lines provided, either write
"False" or identify the correct game in which to utilize the advice.

1. Whenever possible, attack into lands containing monuments, capi-
tals and cities.

Game:

2. Good Russian play at the outset is a study in how to retreat from the
weak +1 TEM areas to belter defenses closer to the river.

Game:

3. Unless your crew is unhappy, you should not declare Debauchery
and Revelry.

Game:

4. Placing a PC here assists in preventing a British middle-states
invasion.

Game:

5. First, it is generally not a good idea to roll to reduce your infantry
cost to "2" until the German has reduced his to " 1 ."

Game:

6. At some point in the beginning or middle of the game, a player
should buy the one shield he can carry in his ship's hull.

Game:

7. To avert loss of morale, subordinate the Master of Horse to the
Dictator before calculating the TK number.

Game:

8. Poor leaders should be sacked immediately and sent somewhere
where they can't hurt anybody; I usually reserve Bonham (Texas) for
this purpose.

Game:

9. Plan your political status as carefully as you plan your cam-
paigns.

Game: .

10. Once these Task Forces have been generated, you can insert these
tiny units into the ZOC of German units, thus denying them the
opportunity to make use of their maximum potential movement on
any given turn.

Game:

$15 MERCHANDISE CERTIFICATE IS PRIZE!

Send entries via email to ahgeneral@aol.com or mail to:

Stuart K. Tucker, Editor of The GENERAL, The Avalon Hill Game

Company, 4517 Harford Road, Baltimore, MD 21214

Name . _^_^_

Address
City

State

_Zip_

Opponents Wanted/Games Sought/For Sale $ 1

1. Ads wiU be accepted unty when printed on this form or a facsimile and must be accompanied by a SI
token fee. No refunds. P;iymen[ may be made in uncancel fed US postage stamps. Multiple ads from the
same source will he printed only if spaee is available. Ads pertaining solely to AvtilunCun are free.

2. For Sale ads for oui-of-prim games and magazines will be accepted.

3. Clubs are encouraged to announce regular meetings,

4. faserl copy Oct lines provided {25 words maKimumjand print name, address, andiif dcsiredi phone num-
ber on tlte appropriate lines.

5. PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY AND LEGIBLY. If your ad is illegible, it will not be printed.

6. So thai as many ads as possible can be printed in our limited space, we request dull you use official state
and game abbreviations. Don't list your entire col lection: list only those games which you are most inter-
ested in playing.

Across Five Aiirils— A5A, Advanced Squad Leader— ASL/SL, Afrika Korps — AFK. Age of Renaissance—
A0R, Air Baron— ABN, Air Force/Daiinttess— AFD. Assassin— ASN, Battle of the Bulge— B(yr.), Black-
beard— BKB. BlilzJiriep— BZK, Breakout Normandy— BKN, Britannia— BRI, Circus Maiinius— CMS.
(Advanced! Civilization — ACV/C1V, Colonial Diplomacy— COP, D-Day— Dfyr.l, Diplomacy— Dtp.
DUNE. 1S30. Empires in Arms — E1A, Empire of the Rising Sun — ERS. Enemy in Sight — EJ5. Firepower —
FPR. Flat Top— FTP. Fleet Series— #FT, Right Leader— FL. Gangsters— GSR. Geronimo— GER. Gettys-
burg— GBC Gktdiator— GLD. GuudakanuL-GDC. Guerilla— CUE. Hannibal: Rome vs. Canhage— HRC
Here Come the Rebels— HCR, History of the World— HWD. Hitler's War— HWR. Kremlin— KRM. King-
maker— KGM, Knights of the Air— KTA, London's Burning— LBG. Luftwaffe — I.FW. Machiavetli — MAC
Maharaja — MAM, Magic Realm — MRM, MBT. Merchant of Venus— MOV, Midway— Mfyr.), Napoleon's
Battles— NPB. PanztrSlili— PZB, Panzcrgruppc Gudcrian— PGG. Panzer Leader— PZL, Princess Ryan's
Star Marines— PRCJ, Rail Baron— RBN, Republic of Rome— ROR. Riehthofen's War— RFN. Roadkill—
RKI., Roads to Gettysburg— RTG. The Russian Campaign— TRC, Russian Front— RFT. 1776. Siege of
Jerusalem — SOI, Starship Troopers — SST. Stellar Conquest — STC, Stonewall's Last Battle— SLB. Stonewall
in tile Valley— SIV. Stonewall Jackson's Way— SJW. Storm Over Amliem— SOA, Tac Air— TCA. Advanced
ITiird Reich— A.1R. Third Reich (4th cd.l— 3R4. Thunder At Cassino— TAC. Titan— TTN. Titan: The
Arena— TTA, Trincmc— TR1. Turning Point: Stalingrad— TPS. Tyranno Es— TYX, Up Front— UPF. Victory
tn The Pacific— VIP, War and Peace— W&P, Wc The People— WTP, Wooden Ships St Iron Men— WS1M.
Wrassliu'— WRS.

Name

TeL

Address^
City

State

.Zip.

RATE THIS ISSUE AND ENTER
DRAWING FOR FREE SUBSCRIPTION!

Issue as a whole (rate from 1 to 10, with "1" meaning excel
lent and t4 I0" terrible). Plus, include your choice for the
three hesl articles. WrilL 1 Iheir lilies below:

We value your opinion. Therefore, take a moment to write com-
ments below regarding what you like or dislike in this issue.

Comments

Games Played Last Month:

Good for Postage Charges Only on
Complete Game Purchases

This coupon is valid only for mail-order purchases of complete Rami's direct from
The Aval on Hill Game Company. Kaelt postage coupon entitles the sender to deduct up
to $1,110 from Hie postage charges of any order for a complete game, provided the
amount deducted does, not exceed the total postage for that order. Coupon* arc not valid
for parts, magazines* or PHM kit orders.

Shipping charges are computed according to instructions Tumid an the current Tarts
List and pre-paid order forms. Any (J i:\ICRA I. fioslagc coupons previously offering dif-
ferent values may be used as Hit equal of this coupon,

Kxample: Customer A lives in the USA and orders a $15 game,. Ills postage charge is
$4,, which he may pay by ending four postage coupons and $15. or two postage coupons
and 417, Customer [V lives in Canada and orders the same game. He must pay $15 in US
funds plus S postage coupons or $15 plus $1 (US) lor each postage coupon less than 3
which he snails.

$1.00

Volume 32, Number 1

$1.00

It is up to Johnny to save Nuke fin

the Hopper. Zander dec :

rom
the
entrance to the bug hole. Rasczak
nails a warrior, but jams his gun.
Everybody else Finds a plasma bug
target and Fires — only Nuke manages
to hit the plasma bug. This leaves the
other plasma bug the chance to ham-
mer Ace and the wounded.

■ ■>>>>> (from pg. 30)

BUG TURN 4

AH is not over yet. I need to quickly move
my plasma bugs into position. If they survive the
trooper's next attack, I can kill both wounded
psychics with ease. I see a fantastic opportunity:
my remaining hopper can leap from his bug hole
lo position himself between Johnny and Nuke,
with no fear of allied fire. If Mr. Rico can't blow
that bug apart. Nuke is doomed, which may
guarantee my plasma bugs another turn.

Johnny proves himself worthy of the stan-
dards of cinematic heroism. The hopper is
dead, and one plasma bug is out of play. 1 retain
some optimism — a bug victory isn't totally
impossible here, and Chris' hot dice are bound
to even out sometime. My remaining plasma
bug has no trouble picking a target: the
wounded psychic.

NEUTRAL COMMENTARY

Chris moved Nuke to a position where he
could plug the black bug hole and cover the high
ground where the plasma bugs moved, En so
doing, he left J,C, a better opportunity to take
out the wounded in the rescue zone. Nuke could
have heen moved closer to the rescue zone to
ensure a better chance of hitting the plasma hugs
when they gained the plateau. This could come
back to haunt him. Even more of a problem is
his positioning of Johnny and Zander around
Nuke. The high ground blocked Zander's line of
sight to the low ground below Nuke two hexes
away from Zander. This could have been

averted by positioning Johnny in that other low-
ground hex next to Nuke, thereby ensuring that
Chris would have two troopers protecting Nuke
from a hopper attack from below. He also could
have put Zander on the exact opposite side of
Nuke to achieve the same effect. Both J.C. and
Chris seemed a little confused about the line-of-
sight rules, which are very significant in this
game — the spine of a high ground hex blocks
LOS to the low ground.

Cannon, with the benefit of the extra-tutu
modifier, repaired her jammed weapon. This was
one more nail in the coffin, signifying the end of
any bug hopes to rush the wounded bodies with
warriors again. J.C. must now rely upon the
plasma bugs to get the job done. His strategy has
been to maneuver the plasma bugs under cover of
the slopes and into positions where they would
get high probability shots at the wounded bodies.
As he moved his bugs onto the plateau, J.C. put
Chris into the moment of the most severe crisis.

In this game, a seemingly little failure can
lead to big disaster for the MI. This battle sce-
nario is particularly unforgiving for the MI.
Much rests on the shoulders of Johnny's ability
to save Nuke from the hopper (56 per cent) and
Nuke's ability to nail each plasma bug without
a missed shot (56 and 66 per cent respectively).
All-in-all, the situation was none too good for
the troopers despite having met with consider-
able fire success in previous turns. Fortunately
for Chris, his key shots hit.

J.C.'s black plasma bug hit one of the
wounded, putting pressure on the Ml to take it

ASL Submissions

We are looking for articles about
ADVANCED SQUAD LEADER for publica-
tion in The GENERAL and the ASL Annual.
As a rule, we anticipate that the broader or
more introductory articles would go in The
GENERAL, while the more intricate or more
detailed (and probably longer) articles would
go in the annual. Articles intended specifi-
cally for publication in The GENERAL should
be mailed to Editor, The GENERAL, 4517
Harford Rd., Baltimore, MD 21214. Informa-
tion on submission procedures is also avail-
able via email to ahgeneral@aol.com. Other
ASL-related articles should be mailed to
Editor, Multi-Man Publishing, Inc., 309
Chase Hill Ct„ Severn, MD 21144 or via
email to bcyouse@erols.com, Multi-Man
Publishing will continue to assist the Editor
of The GENERAL and all articles submitted
for one publication will be considered for
use in the other.

TEAM TOURNAMENT STANDINGS

1. Pillage, Then Burn: S. Pfeiffer AOR 0, D. Cantt
BRI 8, Emery UPF S, E. Anderson PXB 0=8 [212]

2. Men in Black: Byron Sting ley TPS 6, Michael
Arrighi WTP 0. Joe Bellas HCR 7. Jeffrey Otto RTG
0=13 [91]

3. Team Black Bear: A. Lewis MOV 2, C. Lewis
PGF 0, S. Cousins RKL 8, P. Mason AOR 2=12 [29 1|

4. St. Paul's Rejects: J. Pack OSR 2. M. Backstrom
HWD 1, S. Packwood 776 6, N. Pack RBN 1=10 [261 [

5. Team Doily: D. Greenwood BKN 0, S. Greenwood
F15 7, R. Pfeiffer ADV 0, B. Cleary FBS 2=9 [158]

6. Team Delaware: T. Hitchings WAS 8, K. Hitchings
TYX 0, V. Meconi GBG 0, W, Rohrbcck WSM 1=9 [99]

7. Sottlh Jersey Game Knights I: T. DeMnrco ADV
0, D. Wagner BRI 0, T. Stokes CMS 2, K, Welsh SQL
6=8(191]

8. Reservoir Dogs; J, Tracy ASL 1 , M. Fagan DUN 7.
P. Barcafer BRI 0, J. Doughan BKN 0=8 [161]

9. Bunker Boys IT: D. Metzger WSM 7, D. Metzger
HWD 0, M. Metzger WZQ 0, P. Maloney El A 0=7 [ 1 66]

10. Bunker Boys I: M. Bailey SLB 0. P. Gaberson

I IRC 0, J. Metzger ACV 0, D. Metzger A5A 7=7 [94]

11. Missouri Gamers: G. Moss ACQ 1, R. Schilb FSE
6, J. Jacobs BRI 0, K Small VIP 0=7 [66]

12. JOMMS: J. Ohlinger CDT I, J. Lux ACQ 0. K.
Rothstein ABN I. M. May AOR 4=6 [294]

13. AHIKS Europe: M. Cowles BKN 0, T. Oleson
ANZ 6, N. Frydas W&P 0, H. Gratz GBL 0=6 [101]

14. Bent Bayonets: A. Kaplan TRC 0, C. Stapp WAS 0.
D. Zimmerman GBG 0, K. McCarthy B9I 6=6 [75]

15. Koleszar Plot: M. Koleszar AUC I, L. Koleszar
MOV 2, J. Koleszar GUE 0. S. Koleszar TTN 2=5 [166]

16. Old Guard: T. Scharmark B8I 0, R, Heller B91 1,
J. Beard AFK 2. R. Beyraa TRC 2=5 [72]

17. Game Knights: B. Crenshaw AOR I, S. Crenshaw
MOV J, C. Lope/. RBN 2, R. Sands HWB 0=4 [3 ID]

18. Body Bags: S. Koehler DIP 0, R. Carpenter DUN 0,
A. Kotzy HWD I, E. Rolhenheber TTN 3=4 [224]

19. Fellowship of the Plaque: K Wojtasczyk TT2 0, J.
Levine HWB 0, T. Duoning RBN 4, N. Aoner BRI 0=4
[211]

20. Hitchhikers: L. York WSM 1, J. Schufeldt ACV 0,
T. Vanderpluym 830 3. S. Scott MMS 0=4 [104]

6*1 teams took part. The scores for the remaining teams ranged
from to 3 peine;. The number of entrants [in brackets] served as
a he breaker. Players who failed to pre-register aateiiuiiieally
scored regardless of standing in individual event.

out next turn. This was another crucial decision
point. J.C. had another option. He could have
targeted Nuke at range nine. The odds were low,
but then again, so were his odds of getting off
two successful shots on the wounded. Nuke will
move to a range of six next aim and probably
put an end to the game. J.C.'s shot on Nuke at
range nine could have ended his biggest threat
and give him time to nail the wounded while the
Ml mounted a rush of the plasma bug with their
Moritas. The plasma bug has excellent survival
odds against moving men firing Moritas. In all
probability, J.C. would get off his shots on the
wounded in turns 5 and 6. J.C.'s strategy has
been to go for the high-odds shots on the
wounded rather than taking out Nuke or using
scatter shots to nail some MI, so I wouldn't
argue that he should change horses midstream. I
mention this option to note that in this scenario,
the bugs can deal the MI a very effective blow
by threatening Nuke with both plasma bugs
simultaneously. Fortunately for J.C his hopes
remain alive as he hits the first wounded target.

TURN 5

Black Squad moves south to support Nuke
and take low-odds shots. If he fails. Johnny
plugs the bug hole to prevent reinforcements.
Rasczakfails to unjoin his weapon. Sugar runs
south to gel a closer scoped shot. The green
warrior moves on Sugar in case both Nuke and
the plasma bug miss their targets.

Nuke vs. black plasma bug R6= 5 (miss and
scatters). Blast effect: plasma s- 6 (kill).

The game ends instantly with the death of
the last plasma bug. The troopers load up in
the retrieval boat and fly to safety with no fear
of being shot down by a nearby plasma bug.
Having saved one VIP. they declare victory.

TROOPER TURN

One last warrior is lingering around the
retrieval boat, forcing me to split my troopers
again. Johnny closes the black colony bug hole,
while everyone who can be spared from guard-
ing the wounded rushes after the plasma bug.
It's do or die!

I'm not sure whose luck is worse, mine or
J.C.'s: I manage to miss a "sure" shot with the
nuke, but J.C. manages to fail a "sure" save after
the scatter. How's that for a Hollywood ending?

BUG TURN 5

Not many options for me here. I'll optimize
my shot at Carmen, and send my last bug on a
suicide run at Sugar.

He missed! Oops, no he didn't. Sigh.

NEUTRAL COMMENTARY

Johnny ran down to occupy the bug hole and
slop bug reinforcements. Sugar moved towards
the plasma bug to gel a better shot, in case the
nuclear shot failed. The retrieval boat acted as a
nice movement barrier to help shield Nuke as he
moved closer. J.C.'s warrior couldn't do much
at this moment.

As it turned out. Nuke missed, hut as has been
the luck of J.C. in this battle, the blast effects on
the adjacent plasma bug managed to kill it any-
way (only a 17 per cent chance of that misfor-
tune). Chris is saved from having to take desper-
ate shots with his Moritas, The MI cleared the

battlefield of plasma bugs and the rescue mission
was a success. Troopers and wounded alike piled
into the retrieval boat and dusted off.

POST-GAME COMMENTARY

Christopher Lawrence (Troopers)

I think J.C. committed his bugs piecemeal,
allowing me to deal with them in small groups
rather than as a solid wave of chitin and pincers.
Even then, I was very lucky to escape with only
one casualty. Had he been able to inflict one or
two losses before bringing up his plasma bugs, I
would have been hard pressed to defend the
VIPs at the end. As it was. it still made for an
uncomfortably close battle decided by the last
roll. Like I said, I hale plasma bugs.

J.C. Connors (Bugs)

Despite my bugs proving to be little more
than cannon fodder, I fell that bug victory was
close at hand. Unfortunately, Chris* die rolls
bested my own, and always kept victory a turn
away. I still feel that my strategy was sound,
though there were small problems with it. I
severely underestimated the drop ship's can-
nons, which made my four-bug rush at Nuke a
futile attack, [f those hoppers had lived lo join
my rush at the jammed Carmen. I might have
been able to take out enough troopers to kill
one of the wounded psychics with a warrior.

I never really considered moving a plasma
bug to the far high ground areas (ihe 1 f)-hex high
ground piece or the corner of R 1 ) to bomhard
the green trooper squad. While that might have
caused the green troopers to spread out, the vul-
nerable plasma bug would have quickly become
a target for Nuke. With both of my plasma bugs
in play until the bitter end, the bugs always had
a chance of seizing victor)'. Chris's Roughnecks
won this time, but there are always more bugs
waiting for him.

NEUTRAL COMMENTATOR

The aftermath looked bad for the bugs: only
Ace and one wounded were killed. However, the
result was far closer. J.C. failed to take advan-
tage of Chris' early concentration by getting the
plasma bugs to high ground early. Of course, the
flip side of that is that J.C. did rush his plasma
bugs into good ground for the turn 4-5 situation
in which J.C. had a reasonable chance at victory.
J.C.'s strategy was solely focused upon the
plasma bugs taking out the wounded and doing
it in the surest way he could see. There is noth-
ing wrong with that. In fact, had the LOS rules
been fully enforced. Nuke might have missed a
shot and the battle could have turned out differ-
ently. The lesson for the MI is that pillars of
smoke can hurt as much as help.

You have to take advantage of situations
presented to you. Here, an alternate bug strat-
egy would have had a better chance: take out
the MI with scattered plasma shots and keep
the plasma bugs far separated so as to necessi-
tate more movement by Nuke to take them both
out. Such an approach probably would have
left one or both of the wounded alive for a long
time. However, it could have given the bugs the
numbers advantage they needed to make multi-
ple wave assaults by the warriors more devas-
tating. Furthermore, the two bug holes might
have remained open for a longer time, as Nuke
would have had to take out the plasma bug
threats first. The battle might have dragged on
with Nuke and one plasma bug dead and the
warriors bugs threatening the wounded while
the Ml were forced to rush the second plasma
bug with Moritas. I prefer this latter approach,
particularly when the MI bunch up like Chris
did. To me, such would have been a better
"combined arms" approach for the bugs. And
bugs have lots of arms!

■*-->—»-->-->- (from pg. 18)

any successive table so indicated. This may
alter the diplomatic stance of one or more
powers. Then, continue with the production
routine at each colony and the normal
sequence of play.

Stage III: Tension. The colonization of
planets is almost complete. Powers begin to
look elsewhere for room to expand. Clashes
and conflicts become common. This stage
lasts until the combined population of all
powers first reaches or exceeds 1200
million.

As in Stage II, roll dice and consult on
the Diplomatic Events Table, but apply a
"+2" during stage III.

Stage IV: Empire. There is little space to
grow within each power's borders. Con-
quest is a must. Dreams of "Empire" infect
every power's leaders. This stage lasts until
the end of the game.

As in Stage II, roll dice and consult on
the Diplomatic Events Table, but apply a
"+4" during stage IV.

Diplomatic Events Table

(sum of two dice, +2 in Stage III, +4 in Stage IV)

2-8

Peace taLks

Political Blunder

10-11

Border Dispute

12-13

Limited War

14+

Total War

Peace Talks. If any war currently
exists, roll two dice and consult the Peace
Talks Table. If no war currently exists,
peace continues.

Peace Talks Table

(sum of two dice. +1 per neutral power and +2 if
war is limited)

2-5 Failure — War Continues

6 Truce

7+ Peace Treaty

Truce. Hostilities cease. Powers may
not attack each other or move forces into
star systems that the enemy currently
controls or besieges. Star claims are not
exchanged. In the next production turn,
do not roll for diplomatic events. Instead,
peace talks resume. Roll again on Peace
Talks Table.

Peace Treaty. Determine which side is
the winner by counting success points (see
War Success 'fable). Subtract the losers
points from the winner's to yield the suc-
cess point differential. Then, look up the
peace terms on the Peace Terms Chart.

War Success Table

Success Pis.
Conquest $*'■

T planet 12

ST planet 8

Ml' planet w/minerals 6

MT planet 3

Barren, minerals 4

Barren 2

Star with no planets 1

Destruction of:

Planet Shield, Death Star 4

Advanced Missile Base, Fighter 2

Missile Base, Corvette I

Scout 1/2

*You receive success points for conquest of
planets if the star system was totally conquered.

Peace Terms Chart

(success point differential in parentheses)

Stalemate (0-10): Both sides must evacuate
any enemy stars they occupy as soon as possible.

Marginal Victory 1 I 1-25): One star among
those conquered by the winner is annexed. The
ceded star must be the one thai is closest to a
friendly star (choose randomly if equidistant),
regardless of military conquests during the war. If
two or more powers are on the victorious side, give
the star to the one that you feel contributed most to
victory. If no slar was conquered, the loser must
give away a star anyway. The victor's ships and
population must depart any other stars of the
defealed power. The loser must do likewise vis-a-
vis the stars of the victorious power.

Substantial Victory (26-50). As in marginal
victory, except dial two stars are annexed. If the
victorious side has two powers, each receives one
system.

Decisive Victory (51+). Same as above, except
that half (fractions rounded up, with a minimum of
three) of conquered stars tire annexed. In addition,
the loser does not evacuate his colonists — they
remain ;i_s slaves. Planel defenses are destroyed, but
factories are confiscated by the winner. If two or
more powers were victorious, each gets a roughly
equal share of the annexed stars.

Annexation of Stars. Transfer the star
card, establishing a new claimant to the
planets. Colonists in the annexed system
remain in control of the loser, but are evac-
uated. Transports must be built and all pop-
ulation must leave. No emigration bonus
occurs. The industrial output of the
annexed planets cannot be spent on any
other purpose in this production turn.
Planet defenses and factories are destroyed
before departure.

Political Blunder. A squabble over some
minor issue (the extradition of a criminal,
mistreatment of citizens of one power by
authorities of the other, excessive import
taxes, etc.), cause an incident between two
randomly determined powers.
• If the powers are currently enemies in a
war, there is no further effect — the war
continues.
■ If the powers are currently allies in a war,
one of them (randomly determined) feels
insulted by the other and makes a sepa-
rate peace, becoming neutral (implement
the effects of Statement on the Peace
Terms Chart).

* If one of the powers is at war and the
other is neutral, the latter joins the war
against the former.

• If both are neutral, the incident forces a
clash.

Clash. Each involved power may con-
duct one raid per turn against any slar sys-
tem of the enemy, 'lake forces from any
one friendly star (a maximum of five ships,
including no death stars) and move them
towards the target slar system. It reaches
the destination during the same turn, or the
raid cannot be conducted. One or two
rounds of combat may be fought (but a
planet should not be bombarded or con-
quered). Then, the raiders are placed in an
adjacent hex with their original base as
their destination. Keep a tally of the sum of
the number of raids conducted by both
sides and the number of ships and missile
bases destroyed. This is the Tension Num-
ber. On the next production turn, just before
rolling on the Diplomatic Event Table, roll
two dice. If the result is two less than the
Tension Number, limited war ensues. If the
roll is equal to or one less than the Tension
Number, the incident continues. If the
result is greater, the incident ends.

During a clash, raids should be con-
ducted whenever the power is able. How-
ever, you are free not to conduct a raid if it
would be suicidal. You should use each
side to its best interest. For instance, a weak
power may perceive that it is to its advan-
tage to keep the Tension Number low —
even to the point of not firing back at
enemy raiders — -to avoid the risk of an
escalation to war. Only light reinforce-
ments should be sent to the area.

Border Dispute. A randomly determined
power claims that a border star of another
power (also randomly determined) is its
God-given, manifest destiny, historical and
universal real estate.

* If the powers are currently enemies in a
war, the war continues,

• If the powers are currently allies in a war,
the owner of the disputed star feels disap-
pointed with his ally and switches sides,
becoming an ally of the former enemy.
The former enemies (now allied) must
depart any of each other's stars that diey
may have conquered.

* If one power is at war and the other is
neutral, the latter joins the war against the
former.

• If both are neutral, a border dispute
erupts. Choose at random one border star
that the first power is claiming (if there
are no border stars due to a lack of com-
mon borders, treat this event as a Political
Blunder and conduct a clash). The claim-
ing power may attack the disputed star
system in an attempt to conquer it, but
other enemy stars may not be invaded.

The defender may counterattack in the
disputed star, but may not attack other
enemy stars. In other words, conflict will
be limited to the star system that is the
cause of contention. In the next produc-
tion turn, before diplomatic events, roll
two dice, adding two to the result if die
star is tinder the claimant's control (i.e.,
conquered) and consult the Dispute
Resolution Table.

During a border dispute, control of the
star system should be fought for vigor-
ously. Moderate reinforcements may be
sent to the area.

Dispute Resolution Table

(sum of two dice, +2 if star conquered by attacker)

2-8 Arbin-alkm

9-10 Incident Continues

11+ Limited War Ensues

Arbitration. If the attacker conquered the
star, he annexes it. Otherwise the original
claimant keeps the star system, while the
forces of the attacker must leave during their
next movement phase and do not fire upon
other ships until then. The incident ends.

Limited War. Determine randomly two
powers to be affected.

• If both are already involved in any war
(as allies or enemies), (here is no effect.

• If one is at war and the other is neutral,
the latter joins the war against the former.

• If the two are neutral and a war is already
occurring between the other two powers,
each neutral will join one of the sides in
that war.

• If all powers are neutral, limited war
erupts between the two. During limited
war, both sides may invade border stars
of the enemy, but may not escalate by
invading other stars, II ihc power has an
ally, it may attack enemy stars on its
ally's border, even if they would not be
considered border stars in relation to
itself. Allied forces may stack together.

Keep track of losses of bases, shields
and ships during a war, as this will be used
to determine the peace terms in the event of
the signing of a peace treaty.

Total War. Determine randomly two
powers to be affected.

• If both are already in a total war {as allies
or enemies) no effect.

• If both are already in a limited war (either
as allies or as enemies), it becomes total.

• If one power is already at war and the
other is neutral, the latter joins the war
against the former, and limited war
becomes total war.

• If a war already exists between the other
two powers, each neutral will join one of
the sides in that war, and limited war
becomes total war.

• If all powers are neutral, total war erupts
between the two determined powers.

During total war there are no limitations.
Any enemy star may be invaded. Fight as
you see fit.

Keep track of losses of bases, shields
and ships during a war. as this will be used
to determine the peace terms in the event of
the signing of a peace treaty.

Total conquest. If a power is completely
annihilated militarily (no free population
left during a production turn), the war ends
(in relation to the losing power). The victor
immediately annexes all the conquered
stars (exchange star cards). Any surviving
ships of the vanquished are replaced by
similar ships of the winner's color. If there
are two or three winners, they share the
spoils. You may distribute them evenly, or
in proportion to each power's contribution
to victory, as you see fit. ^

•» -»" »>■■»■■»» (f rom p jj)

rescue. Our intelligence personnel have
gathered data on the enemy which is
summarized in Table 3. We have substan-
tial probability of facing two or three traps
(S Guard cards) between each of our
regroups. Every lime the enemy reinforces
a skirmish, our situation gets tougher. We
need to try to keep the odds in our favor by
looking for ways to negate the arrival of the
many Guard reinforcements (either via
location analysis or use of the special abili-
ties of on-site Marines).

TABLE 3

Proportions of Guard Characteristics

No. of

Havers Sfium)

Rein

Hide

Casualn

OJ Hujd

6 17.1%

37.1%

28.6%

20.0%

25.7% 143%

5 19.4

38.7

29.0

19.4

25.8 12.9

4 23.1

42.3

34.6

45.0

It.5
5,0

23.1 11.5
20.0 5.0

3 30.0

50.0

2 27.3

455

45,5

9.1

18,2 9.1

1 28.6

47.6

42.9

9,5

19.0 9.5

The table shows that the strongest and
weakest characteristics of the Guard vary
according to the number of Marines we send

to the surface. For instance, in a large-sized
rescue attempt. Casualty and Hold charac-
teristics arc at a maximum, while the S
Guard, Reinforcement and Hide character-
istics are minimized. A smaller rescue
attempt would involve S Guard and Rein-
forcement characteristics at their maxi-
mum, with Casualty and Hold characteris-
tics minimized.

As you win skirmishes, the Schenectady
will relay mission support information
(Dispatches) to the field leader to assist
with your next goal. AH Dispatches are
usable to call in fire support. We expect that
90 per cent of them will also have addi-
tional possible benefits, depending upon
the situation and a particular Marine's abil-
ity to use the information. As we expect
you to be involved in between ten and 18
skirmishes, the actual application of the
Dispatches will depend on skirmish cir-
cumstances.

One more item before we embark — look
over the overall map. It shows the direct
route and flanking routes. As you will note
from studying the map, some locations are
favorable while others are to be avoided,
especially if our resources are waning.
However, realize that there is always a
chance we'll hit unexpected terrain. Our

experts have identified 32 additional sites
we may be forced to encounter, depending
on luck, the resistance we face, and so on.
My advice is to view this map with a skep-
tical eye. Marine intelligence may not be
keeping up with current events, pals. Our
basic expectation should be that our map
will be wrong around half of the time (more
so on the Hank routes). We can also expect
the Guard (which knows this planet much
better than us) to try to force us into unfa-
vorable corners.

This concludes my general overview of
the critical factors in this rescue attempt.
Once you hit the surface, boys and girls,
everything will depend on what leads to
each skirmish, the number and timing of
regroups and the interaction of the on-site
commanding officer with the troops. Are
you ready? I can't heeeeeeaaaar you!
GOOD! We have a mission to accomplish.
For honor, for Earth, for the Princess. Move
out. Move! Move! Move!

" ... an action/combat game that's light years ahead
of the competition." ZDNet

Z
<

Praise from the media:

"... sharp 3D engine that looks like it could go head to head
with Quake*". "It's like Rebel Assault* with real game play. "
". . .brilliant graphics. " PC Gamer
"... a thinking man 's Descent *" Gamespot
"Action gamers take note!" Computing Gaming World
"Defiance seems destined to achieve noteworthy status."
Computer Game Entertainment
Game Features:

• First person combat simulator.
Battles with 18 powerful enemies

• Direct 3D enhanced. MMX* ready.

• TruFlow™ technology for lag-free
motion.

• Gun firepower with LaserLok™
twin-beam targeting system.

• Awesome sound on 8 original sound
tracks, 4 professional voice actors and
over 200 spoken lines of story dialogue.

> Death Match play for up to 8 players
in 9 challenging levels.

Tiademaiks ol Iheir respective ownefs

Suddenly, walls come crashing down and
all bell breaks loose.

PRODUC TIOIMS

DIVISION OF

Avalon Hill Game Company

Windows 95*
NOW SHIPPING!

Our store is open 24 hours a day on
our Web site: www.avalonhill.com

GAMES
WITH GUTS!

City living can be dangerous.

High Praise for

ING SPITFIRE

"Achtung Spitfire™ is a wargamer's dream: dozens of scenarios, an excellent Al,
a scaleable skill system, intuitive interface, multiplayer capabilities, and the list goes on.
Throw in gameplay that makes you sweat bullets and causes you to think in terms
beyond odd columns, and you have a fantastic game." Gamespot.com

Computer Gaming World magazine's headline announced, "Avalon Hill's Finest Hour.
This Battle of Britain Mixes Real-Time Strategy With Turn-based Tactics." The reviewer
went on to say, "For any gamer fascinated by the complexities of many-on-many air
combat tactics, or the Battle of Britain in particular. ACHTUNG SPITFIRE'S blend
of depth, variety, and long-term replayability is sure to please."
CG Choice Award; Rating: **+•+

More great praise from Computer Games Strategy Plus magazine. Commenting
on the player's ability to control each plane's actions, "This strategic element
provides the game with that 'up until 2:00 a.m.' dimension that all great wargames
possess." "Highly recommended." Stamp of Approval Award; Rating: ■ki c k H /Z

Achtung Spitfire

is a must-have
for your collection.

Defiance and Achtung Spitfire are
available at software stores everywhere
or order TOLL-FREE: 1-800-999-3222.

Mac and Windows® 3.1 & '95

The skies over Britain were filled with
German bombers and defenders.

Avalon Hill Game Company

DIVISION OF MONARCH AVALON, INC.

4517 Harford Road, Baltimore, MD 21214 •Toll Free: 1-800-999-3222

TEN TACTICS AND TIPS FOR

Heroes of Might & Magic II

By Rick MoscafdU

Foti know a game is good when the
market supports release of a sequel,
and that sequel has an extended life
span on the hard drive of game testers. Rick
provides more of his lopnotch advice for
Heroes addicts. —SKT

1. THE LONG MARCH

The first thing to know is thai heroes
have movement points, but armies
''stacked" with a hero do not. This means
that a hero can march his full movement,
transfer his army to another hero, and that
hero can move his full movement, and
transfer repeatedly. This is critical in the
early parts of the game, where it makes
sense to hire a "gopher" hero, especially
Barbarians, who tend to move faster than
other heroes, to ferry armies out to the
generals in the field. Hire the gopher at the
beginning of the week when you get rein-
forcements for your armies, and make sure
the field general is one turn's movement
away. Then the gopher can resupply the
general, who can immediately use the
larger army. This is far superior to march-
ing the general back to the castle, hiring
the army, and marching the general out —
a two turn delay that can be critical. Even
if you never get any other use out of the
gopher, he can at least carry any cursed
items you accidentally pick up.

2. YOU MUST HAVE GOLD

Time and again, you'll find yourself
wishing you had more gold. You will
never, ever, wish your hero was just
one level higher. So, when you get the
choice of "gold or experience" from
those chests lying all over the place,
take the gold. In the same vein, when-
ever you capture a castle, make sure to
give it a statue, which increases
income by 250 gold — build one, and it
pays for itself in five days ! Getting as
many Marketplaces as you can stom-
ach is also a good idea, since you will
often find yourself with no gold, but
plenty of resources like wood and ore.
Upgrade your villages to castles (again, they
pay for themselves in about a week).

3. DEFENSIVE CASTLE TRICKS

Never buy a "captain of the guard" for
your castle — his stats are crummy, and
you'll find yourself lighting him when you
take the castle back. Mire a hero instead.
because the hero will have better stats and
come with a minute army. When defending
a castle, prolong the battle as long as pos-
sible- — the catapult that comes with your
castle (or more of them, if you can afford
it) will turn the tide eventually. Every
enemy unit killed is one less that you'll
need to kill to retake the castle. Try not to
leave available recruits in your castle.

since the computer will hire them if it
wins. If you are worried about morale loss
from mixing forces, you can always assure
that the lower slots are units of whatever
type you want. Select the unit, a band of
five archers, for example, [hen select an
empty slot. A screen will come up asking
how many archers to put in the empty slot
(say one). Not only does this give you
complete control over what forces defend
the castle, you can often trick the computer
into blasting a minimal unit — there is noth-
ing like watching one archer catch a 125-
point lightning bolt, while eight Crusaders
stand nearby. The computer loves range
units, making them ideal for this tactic.

4. OFFENSIVE CASTLE TRICKS

You want to take castles quickly. That
usually means lots of air units and spellcast-
ing. All other things being equal, a really
powerful non-spellcaster can defend against
a mediocre spcllcaster. Divide your air units
into two groups, so you can close with the
rangestrikers as fast as possible. Range unit
combat abilities are halved in close combat,
so this is an excellent method of "halving"
an opponent's forces.

5. CATCHING THAT ELUSIVE HERO

Unfortunately, computer heroes will run
away when losing, especially when they
have nifty magical items. However, a hero
can't run away when he's in a castle (curi-
ously, castles are not the place to be when
your army is weak). So, if the hero you want
to catch has a decent army under him, vacate
your castle, leaving behind few, if any,
forces to recruit, and let him take it. Then
counterstrike, and you catch yourself a nice
hero, as well as his bag of nifty magic items.

6. ENDLESS ARMAGEDDON

Chain Lightning, Armageddon and a
small family of other spells can devastate
an army. A good trick for thinning out a
large hostile army near one of your castles
is as follows. Get a good mage and give
him an army either with jusi enough in it to
survive a mass damage spell, or with
magic -re si st ant creatures like dwarves or
dragons. In the case of dwarves, fill all the
slots with dwarves, since their 25 per cent
magic resistance applies to each slot/stack
(not each dwarf). March your mage out and
attack. Cast your Armageddon spell, then
select "surrender." Pay Ihe price, which
should be low because you have such a
small army. Then rehire the mage at the
nearby castle, and repeat. In the case of
Chain Lightning, you want a fast creature
like a Phoenix. March in, cast Chain Light-
ning, retreat, and repeat. This is a little
expensive, but an excellent method for
draining away the gigantic forces that com-
puter opponents accumulate.

7. BLITZ

The main computer advantage is that its
castles produce units more quickly than
yours. If your castle produces four Hydras
per week, that same castle, when controlled

by the computer, will produce aboul six.
The same goes for every creature produced
at the castle (depending on selected skill
level). Combined with the gold bonus that
computer players get, the computer can
easily overwhelm you in no time at all. This
means that the best strategy in this game is
different than, for example, in Master of
Orion where you build up your forces,
invest resources wisely, and then over-
whelm the computer. In Heroes, you need
to push out immediately, and take castles
from the computer before it produces any-
thing. Try to let the computer take a neutral
castle, and then capture the castle at the
beginning of the week— you'll get to take
advantage of his production before he gets
a chance to recruit. If you have two castles

and he has two castles, you run the risk of
being deluged with hostile forces. Make it a
three-to-one situation as quickly as possi-
ble. Another plan is to let the computer
players attack each other. Once they've
exhausted their oversized armies, you'll
have a much easier time.

8. THOSE AWFUL UNDEAD

If an army has one undead unit in it,
morale gets crushed, unless it is composed
entirely of undead. This means that when
you are about to lose an undead castle, you
should keep some undead units available
for recruitment. The computer invariably
hires them, giving him an unhappy army.
making your retaliation much easier. Most
undead are slow and squishy. Thus, letting
the computer buy undead is irresistibly
effective. Bone Dragons are the excep-
tion — never "let" the computer buy these.

9. WIZARDS RULE

You want spellcasters. If you are forced
to buy a non-spelleaster, you may as well
blow the 500 gold to give him a spell book,
except perhaps for the first week or two of
the game. Once you get a decent mix of
second-level spells, a spellcaster (non-
Knight, non-Barbarian) has so much fire-

STOCK MARKET GURU

/ \ /J

This radical refinement of the ^ward
wtonJBggame STOCKS &BOJXDS is
the/primer you've been seeking...

• Time buys and sells for the business cycle.

• Anticipate interest rate effects.

• Find a haven in the bond market.

• Beat inflation.

• Defer taxes to retirement.

• Gauge speculative volatility.

• Reinvest dividends.

• Assess price/earnings ratios.

• Diversify against risks of business failure.

• Watch the trendy stocks.

• Assess the validity of news information.

• Take advantage of market tips.

• Relive the historical ups and downs in three
scenarios dealing with depression, inflation
and investment climate uncertainties.

• Analyze the anatomy of a crash.

• Review performance expectations.

• Read the designer's synopsis of stock market
myths and sound investment principles.

! If All. ■

litOfl

m STOCK

.»-. ^-

' Wl r

hi '

i» 'i it _

m m-

before you play with your
financial future!

Avalon Hill Game Company

DIVISION OF MONARCH AVALON, INC.

4517 H;morc[ Road - Ball i more, MD 21214
www .avaionh Ul.com * Toll Froo: t-888-999-^223

J1SL

LASSIC

This 48-page compendium of
out-of-print articles, scenarios
and variants gives you those
hard-to-find gems [including
tournament scenarios and
analyses, plus SQUAD LEADER
I scenario conversions long out-
of-print). The 16 scenarios are
in the center [for easy removal

as an addition to your

collection]. Some of the best

wisdom from the out-of-print

asi Snnuals'is also reprinted.

' Don't miss the re-release of the

(Incremental Infantry Fire Table.

This magazine retails for

$14.95 — sure beats the cost of

rare back issues of We General

anAASt Annual!

power that a non-spellcasler or neutral
army has no chance of winning without tak-
ing outrageous casualties,

10. QUALITY, NOT QUANTITY

A horde of weak creatures will get
smashed by a small force of decent crea-
tures. No matter what type of castle you
have, you are better off saving your gold to
get better creatures. A horde of Goblins
isn't as good as a few Cyclopes. The fol-
lowing formula can be used to determine
the relative value of a given creature: Gold
Efficiency = (expected damage) times
(attack modifier versus defense value of 6)
times (hits) times (defense modifier versus
an attack value of 6) divided by (gold cost
to hire). The modifiers versus attack and
defense are given on page 55, namely, a ten
per cent bonus when you are above the

number, and a five per cent penalty when
below. For example, for a creature with an
attack of 7, its attack modifier would be 1.1.
Although tnis formula doesn't take into
account special abilities or speed, it gives
an appropriate weight to the value of hit
points- — creatures with high hits have
tremendous combat usefulness, because
they heal instantly at the end of each battle.
Clever players quickly maneuver their crea-
tures in a way to make special abilities use-
less. Speed is generally only an issue for the
player who has the one fastest creature in
the battle, since getting that all-important
first spell off is about all that speed accom-
plishes. Having high hit points is the best
defense against spells. The expected dam-
age for archers that shoot twice is doubled,
naturally, and the expected damage for
double-attackers like wolves and Paladins
was increased, for purposes of this calcula-
tion by 50 per cent. It probably should be a
bit more than that for Paladins, and a good
player will try to get something else to
attack the wolves' target first, so the target
won't be able to counterstrike against the
wolves' low defense.

As you use this formula on the castle
creatures, some trends pop up. Let's look at
the GE of the Knight's creatures:

Peasant 0.019

Archer 0.111

Ranger 0.166

Pikeman 0.286

Veteran Pikeman 0.306

Swordsman 0.633

Master Swordsman 0.633
Cavalry 1.210

Champion 1,290

Paladin 3.656

Crusader 2.850

Note how the gold efficiency of the Cru-
sader is below that of Paladin — the Cru-
sader's small increase in hits is hardly
worth the nearly double cost. Similarly, the
Master Swordsman isn't better, on a gold
efficiency basis, than the Swordsman. Niili.
the "'high end" creatures have much greater
efficiency than the ones on
the low end. As we shall see,
the GE of a peasant is the
lowest in the game — -you sim-
ply cannot win using only
peasants.

Let's look at the Sorceress:
Sprite 0.032

Dwarf 0.270

Battle Dwarf 0.240
Elf 0.IS9

Grand Elf 0.214
Druid 0.460

Greater Druid 0.470
Unicorn 1.350

Phoenix 3.840

Here is one case where not
taking speed into account might be mis-
leading, since the Battle Dwarf is twice as
fast the "basic" dwarf. Still, this won't be
an issue in a fight where most things fly or
where there are no range strikers.
Rangestriking is something that is valuable
against some neutral forces (i.e., slow, non-
ranges tri king) and nearly useless else-
where. The ratings here are considerably
lower than for the Knight — once the Knight
gets into close combat, much of the value of
the Sorceress' units drop. Comparing GE
between Phoenix and Sprite, one Phoenix
will smash 50 Sprites, even though they
have the same gold value.

Let's look at the Wizard:

Halfling

0.054

Boar

0.214

Iron Golem

0.513

Steel Golem

0.594

Roc

0.693

Mage

0.630

Arch mage

0.704

Giant

3.825

Titan

3.840

The Wizard is even a better deal than the
Knight. Because the Golems are so effi-
cient, you certainly get a better deal on your
upgrades here than with the Knight's
forces. Note that 10,000 gold worth of
Titans (two of them) will be a fairly even
match for five Giants (10,000 gold worth of
Giants), at least in a straight slugfest.

The Barbarian has some of the toughest
units, but let's see if they are efficient pur-
chases:

Goblin

0.048

Ore

0.120

Ore Chief

0.204

Wolf

0.360

Ogre

0.792

Ogre Lord

0.842

Troll

0.500

War Troll

0.576

Cyclops

3.533

As anyone who's

played the

game

enough can tell you. Trolls are usually not
a good bet, and massed wolves and ogres
can do a number on units that have the
same gold cost because they are more
efficient. Doing the math, a 300 gold-
point Ogre will expect to beat a 300 gold-
point Master Swordsman in 6 attacks
whereas the Master Swordsman won't kill
the Ogre unless he gets 7 attacks. Com-
paring the gold efficiencies, the Ogre
wins around 56 per cent of the time-
while the Swordsman's speed can be the
winning factor, there's no reason to
expect the Swordsman to get his seventh
hit before each has taken his sixth hit —
the Ogre must do worse than average for
the Swordsman to win. The Cyclops has
the second lowest efficiency rating of the
"top" units (ahead of the Crusader), but it
is also the easiest to get.

Now let's see what a joke the Necro-
mancers are:

Skeleton 0.084

Zombie 0.143

Mutant Zombie 0.143

Mummy 0.350

Royal Mummy 0.350

Vampire 0.430

Vampire Lord 0.440

Lich 0.430

Power Lich 0.520

Bone Dragon 6.037

Yes, Necromancers have the best wimp
creature: Skeletons are much more effi-

cient than Peasants or Goblins. Yel. all the
stuff in the middle is pretty lame, more so
when you consider how slow everything
is — speed is a more significant factor when
nothing is fast. Mercifully, the Bone
Dragon is both efficient and relatively easy
to get. Still, the Necromancer is a vulnera-
ble castle, triply so when the anti-undead
spells are available.

Finally, wc look at Dragons;
Centaur 0.053

Gargoyle 0.177

Griffon 0.333

Minotaur 0.938

Minotaur King 0.965

Hydra LI 60

Dragon 5.200

Red Dragon 6,140

Black Dragon 7.080

Warlock is easily the strongest castle
type — a few Dragons can destroy most
armies, even when lead by a neophyte
Knight. While gathering the resources to pro-
duce Minotaurs can be tough, they are often
overlooked as a "'boring" creature. Even in
low numbers, they have sufficient speed and
firepower to defeat moderate groups of
smaller creatures. Only Knights have a better
"second-best" creature, and it takes awhile
for the Knight castle to get them.

Finally, we come to the neutral crea-
tures. Looking at their GE is a bit mis-
leading, since their best value is in the
early game, where an influx of even weak
creatures, regardless of efficiency, can be
a boon. Rogues have a respectable rating
of 0.060, which puts them ahead of every-
thing but Skeletons. Nomads have a nice
0.385, not enough to make them critical
except when none of the medium crea-
tures are available. Genies have a massive
3.096 rating — no wonder that a few of
these at the beginning of the game can
cause an easy win. Medusas have a rating
of 0.773, which makes them a fine com-
plement to an otherwise lackluster force.
Neutral creatures almost always bring
morale down, so you should avoid them
when you are producing better creatures
in your castle.

In general, the top creature for each cas-
tle is a far better "buy" than the lower crea-
tures. Each category of creature is usually
an improvement over the previous. Whether
playing against the computer or other play-
ers, if you get access to the top creature
before your opponents, you should press
your advantage as quickly as possible.

LAGNIAPPE

Down here in New Orleans, we have a
fine tradition of "lagniappe," which basi-
cally means giving just a little more than
promised. So, even though I promised ten
tips for playing Heroes of Might and

Magic II, here's a secondary skills cheat
sheet. Whenever a hero goes up a level, you
get a choice of two skills; if you just can't
tell what to pick, use this alphabetized list
to pick the skill with the higher rating:
Archery 7

Ballistics 9

Diplomacy 1

Eagle Eye 3

Estates 14

Leadership 12

Logistics 13

Luck 10

Mysticism 5

Navigation 4

Necromancy 6

Pathfinding 8

Scouting 2

Wisdom 1 1

Diplomacy is only a good skill if you can
get "Expert" in it. Unfortunately, none of
the character classes have a decent chance
of doing so until they advance many levels,
at which point there won't be enough neu-
tral forces around for it to matter. Unless
you feel lucky, you should avoid it.

Scouting is totally useless in the end
game, because you can always see any area
that you've "cleared" anyway.

Eagle Eye can be a lifesaver if you are
getting hit with a powerful spell (the fact
that Eagle Eye will teach it to you after the
battle, ten per cent of the time or so, is
pretty dubious). If you are winning, you
don't need it, and if you are losing, you
won't have an army to take advantage of
the spell.

Navigation is nice, but 95 per cent of
what happens in the game takes place on
land. You already move quickly at sea even
without Navigation, and it is a better deal to
hire a Sorceress (who starts with Naviga-
tion) to explore that odd sea area.

Mysticism provides a slight increase in
the trickle of magic points you get every
turn, but this is of little value, as magic
wells are common on every map in the
game. Even if you have "Expert" Mysti-
cism, you'll find it is a good idea to go back
to a castle and sit a turn, even if no wells are
around, instead of sitting in the open for a
dozen turns waiting to get spell points back.
Necromancy is usually crummy. Free
skeletons usually just drag the morale of
your army down, unless it is all undead.
Only a Necromancer should take Necro-
mancy.

Archery is also a feeble skill, but any
bonus to attack is something that you'll be
certain to get use out of sooner or later.

Pathfinding is usually worthwhile. With-
out it, you run the risk of dragging your way
through a desert or something. Expert
Pathfinding is only a good idea when you are
on a map loaded with bad terrain.

A character with decent Ballistics will
topple castle walls with surprising speed.
This skill is most important in the early
game, when you don't have great creatures
and spells.

Luck is always nice, since there aren't
many battles where you won't want to dou-
ble the damage that your troops inflict.

Wisdom is mandatory, although some-
times not getting it in the first few turns
doesn't hurt. Access to high-level spells
can mean the difference between a huge
army devastated by Chain Lightning and
an easy win for you.

Leadership is much better than Luck,
because high morale increases the chance
that your army moves again (and gets
another chance at being Lucky). A few
bonus moves in the early part of the battle
can easily turn the tide.

Logistics is incredibly useful, because
often you will be forced to use one medium
army to defend against three or more large
computer armies. Successful use of "inte-
rior lines," together with Logistics, will
make defense easier. Being able to move
quickly on the attack is even more fun.

Estates pays for itself. Whenever you
find a hut or something that teaches this
wondrous "skill," hire a hero every turn and
march it out to learn Estates. After ten
turns, the heroes will pay for themselves,
and generate a steady income.

Heroes of Might and Magic II by
New World Computing
System Requirements: 66 MHz, Win95,
8 mb RAM, 55 mb of HD space and a
double-speed CD-ROM. You might get
by on a slower computer, but I recom-
mend a faster CD-ROM. New World
games are always more about fun than
realism. Bonus kudos to New World for
making a game that is, as near as I can
tell, bug- free.

Mental
Challenge

Realism

Excitement

¥¥f¥

^XPKBXS^^E* 1 Artistic Appeal

oooo

Replayability

Rating icons range from one (wretched or ten years
behind the state of the industry) to five (top 10% of
industry). Four is good, tlircc is passable (middle
of the road for the industry) and two is not great
(bottom third).

Raiders and Rivets

Nuts-and-BoIts Tips for THE GREAT WAR AT SEA

By Charles Bahl

rHE Great War at Sea by Avalanche
Press could have taught Churchill
and von Tiipitz a thing or two about
their own navies. Prior to the First World
War (aka The Great War), both the First
Lord of the British Admiralty and the Sec-
retary of the German Navy anticipated an
apocalyptic final reckoning between their
two formidable fleets— a fight that never
took place. Even the battle of Jutland,
where the British Grand Fleet and the Ger-
man High Seas Fleet finally squared off
against each other, was far from the deci-
sive naval contest both sides had envi-
sioned. As it turned out, battleships — those
huge floating capital expenditures — were
just too valuable to risk in mortal combat.
As a result, most of the surface naval action
of the First World War consisted of small
engagements between fleets of limited size.
It was a war of raiders and interceptors. The
Great War at Sea (GWAS) makes this
admirably clear. If von Tirpitz had been
able to play GWAS before the conflict
broke out, he might have had a clearer
picture of what was coming.

Avalanche Press intends to issue GWAS
in three volumes that cover essentially all
the naval engagements of the First World
War, plus a few prewar and hypothetical
scenarios as well. The first of these volumes
covers the Mediterranean. Its fifty scenarios
make a comprehensive survey of this often-
overlooked theater of operations. The
Mediterranean was the domain of the com-
merce raider, where small fleets would sud-
denly appear, sink a few vulnerable mer-
chantmen, and depart as quickly as they had
arrived. This kind of naval warfare made for
many intriguing strategic situations.

Although GWAS has only eight pages of
rules and is simple to learn and play, it is
quite different from most naval wargames
with which the reader is likely to be famil-
iar. The following article attempts to give
the beginning player a smattering of
advice — strategic or tactical simple-to-
re member tips that can be employed to your
benefit during a game of GWAS, even under
the pressure of an incoming broadside
salvo. I don't pretend that the list is close to
being complete. Although I believe that
these tidbits of advice have wide applica-
bility, you will discover that some do not
pertain to specific scenarios and that others

should be followed at your own peril in cer-
tain situations. Caveat lector.

CONSERVE YOUR FUEL

First of all, I recommend always playing
with the fuel rules. They require a minor
bookkeeping effort, but are well worth it for
the extra possibilities they add to any sce-
nario. In many scenarios fuel, or the lack
thereof, can have a major influence on your
strategic decisions. The basic rule of thumb
for fuel expenditure is: ''Don't move two
sea areas in a single turn unless you
absolutely must." Probably the worst thing
that can happen to a ship, next to being
sunk, is running out of fuel. Two-area
moves eat up your precious coal at six
times the normal per turn rate. If you are
careful and have thought far enough ahead,
you can always refuel.

Staying in port for a few turns is usually
a disaster. Not only is valuable time wasted,
but your opponent will know exactly where
you are and will either attack you in port or
make it difficult for you to escape. Given
these rather nasty repercussions, under
what circumstances should you make a
two-area move? Here are five of the most
important reasons to make such a move: 1)
you have more fuel on board than you
could possibly ever use (unlikely in most
scenarios); 2) you must sprint out of a
blockaded port; 3) you can escape from a
nearby enemy fleet or fleets; 4) you are
short on time (for whatever reason); and 5)
you can close quickly on an enemy fleet.

At the beginning of the game, while
you are making your mission assignments,
assess your fuel needs. Try to set up an
overall strategic fuel plan. This is easy for
such missions as transport and bombard-
ment, since the routes for these missions
must be preset before the game begins.
But it is even possible to get a good idea of
the fuel allotments for raiding and inter-
cepting fleets. The time used to carefully
assess your fuel requirements will be time
well spent.

SEARCHING FOR MERCHANTMEN

If you are playing with the fuel rules,
you can make the most efficient use of your
coal by expending only a single movement
factor per turn when rolling on the Mer-
chant Location Table (MLT). This is

because the table is pegged for a higher rate
of return when using one movement factor
to search. For example, on the level-four
density column, you will average .66 mer-
chantmen sunk per fuel point when you
expend one movement factor, as opposed to
only .19 sunk when you expend two move-
ment factors.

Do not, however, follow this conserva-
tive approach blindly. It obviously does not
apply to level-one density, since no mer-
chantmen can be sunk when expending
only a single movement factor on the level-
one column. Also, it does not apply when
time is a crucial ingredient to your success
or failure. The MLT is obviously set up so
that you can risk more fuel in order to speed
the acquisition of victory points (VPs). If
you are short on time, you must expend
extra fuel in order to scrounge up the
required VPs before the scenario's end. As
in all things, assess your goals and your
chances of achieving them. If you can
afford to be profligate with fuel, by all
means fire up the boilers.

DONT SEEK BATTLE

I'm sure you don't want to hear this.
You purchased GWAS, after all, for no
other reason than to experience the sheer
joy of lobbing a few hundred shells at
enemy battlewagons. However, discretion
is the belter part of valor. Sailing in harm's
way is a very unsure enterprise, and the
results are often unexpected. In fact, the
tactical combat rules of GWAS emphasize
just how uncertain a naval battle really is.
In addition, you may not be able to bring
your enemy to battle in the first place. Find-
ing an opposing fleet is difficult enough.
Preventing it from running away is also
lough. Therefore, if at all possible, seek
victory by some means other than battle.
Put all you efforts into seeking combat only
if there is no other way for you to beat your
opponent.

Avoiding battle is even plausible in
those scenarios where you are cast in the
role of an interceptor with a strong fleet at
your disposal. As the intercepting player,
you might take it for granted lhai victory
lies exclusively in destroying the other fleet
(carefully check the victory conditions).
There are usually several ways for the inter-
cepting player to win. You might get a vic-
tory simply by thwarting your opponent's
plans. You might be able, for example, to
deflect an enemy convoy off course or frus-
trate a coastal bombardment. Assess your
options. Winning Without fighting should at
least be given a second look.

FLEE A BATTLE

You probably don't want to hear this
either. Having previously said that you

should only seek out battle for a very
good, if not a game- winning, reason, you
should also be ready to escape from a bat-
tle in which you are already embroiled.
Ninety-pound weaklings, who stick
around to see how their fist fights turn
out, spend most of their time in the hos-
pital. The same thing can be said of admi-
rals armed oniy with tertiary guns. When
you are involved in a battle, learn to make
an intelligent assessment of your
chances. If you are significantly weaker
than your opponent, do not be ashamed to
run away. It will only get worse if you
hang around. If you have the upper hand
in the engagement, stay put for the fire-
works, and pursue the enemy fleet when
he attempts to escape.

The most difficult judgment call comes
when your fleet is about equal in strength to
that of your opponent. In this case, you
might stick around, just to see how the
shells fly. Remember that up to five rounds
of combat can occur during the tactical
phase. That means that you can sustain an
incredible amount of damage before you
know it. If things start to go badly for you,
you may not be able to escape from such a
situation with much of a fleet. Keep that in
mind any time you feel like firing off your
big guns.

Sometimes it is not easy to determine
the dominant antagonist in a particular
naval battle. As a simple general rule you
can sum the victory point values of the
ships in your fleet and compare the sum to
that of the opposing fleet. Although
destroyers are essentially second-strike
weapons (i.e., their torpedoes can be fired
only after gun damage has already been
assessed), they can be quite deadly
against unescorted larger ships, especially
if two or more destroyers can gang up on
each capital ship. In such a circumstance,
you can safely double the value of each
destroyer when determining whether you
should fight or run.

SEARCH THE CHOKE POINTS

As mentioned above, it is always diffi-
cult to find an enemy fleet. It is hard
enough to find fleets that have predeter-
mined routes assigned to them (e.g., trans-
port and bombardment fleets). Locating a
hidden raiding fleet makes you quickly
realize just how much water the Black Sea
really holds. If you think you can find a
raiding fleet by cruising around in the mid-
dle of the sea, think again. You can, how-
ever, usually narrow the perimeters of your
search. Restricted search areas are "choke
points." To help you discover a scenario's
choke points, you should first consult the
victoiy conditions. By examining the goals
that your opponent must reach in order to

win, you can often discover exactly where
you need to search for his fleets. Here's a
veiy simple example. Let's say your oppo-
nent must, in order to win, dispatch a raid-
ing fleet of speed 1 from Constantinople to
Batumi. In a scenario that lasts 24 turns, the
possible paths that the Central Power fleet
can follow will be severely limited, since it
will take him at least 22 turns to reach his
objective by the shortest possible route. If
you cannot send a fleet to intercept him at
Batumi, send one to intercept him in an area
that he must transit.

Unlike the simple example above, the
choke points normally arise from a more
complex combination of the various com-
peting goals of each player. However, if
you spend some time analyzing the inter-
action of these goals, the most likely
choke points will usually reveal them-
selves. Choke points are usually found
around ports, along shipping routes, along
straight-line paths between ports, in
restricted waters like straits and the
passages between islands, and around vul-
nerable, on-map fleets.

PLAY YOUR OPPONENT,
NOT THE BOARD

One of the tried-and-lrue command-
ments of chess is to play the board, not your
opponent. GWAS, however, turns this clas-
sic precept on its ear. Unlike chess, GWAS
does not provide perfect information about
an opponent's disposition of forces. For
example, because the location of a raiding
force is usually unknown (except at certain
key moments during the scenario), the
intercepting player is forced to second
guess his opponent at every opportunity. If
one knows anything about the enemy's
style of play, use it to advantage. Is he the
type to move quickly and sail directly to his
objective, or is he more slow and cir-
cuitous, taking a winding course to confuse
the issue? Does he normally seek out the
higher victory point objectives, or does he
go for the cheap ones first?

In Scenario 8, for example, an Allied
player with a more "direct" personality may
head his raiding fleet straight for Zongul-
dak and the Central Powers' major sea
route between there and Constantinople. A
more devious player may head either west
or east to the minor sea routes skirting the
Black Sea. This is just a single simple
example. There are dozens of ways to
psyche out your opponent, and in turn,
equally many methods by which he can
play mind games with you. You risk ignor-
ing the psychological aspects of play to
your own detriment. GWAS has been
devised as a game that rewards deception
and counterdeception. +■

? ? QUESTION BOX ? ?

MACHIAVELLI ('95 ed.)

ERRATA FOR 3,2 Control of provinces with their
cities for all purposes, including victory, is determined
only "at the start of die Spring [urn" (not "at the end of
any turn"). Change the phrase in each of the four para-
graphs of the rule.

43 With an enemy in the province and a friendly gar-
rison in the city, is the city in friendly control?
A. No. control of die city goes hand-in-hand with
control of the province.

ERRATA for 4.3 To clarify, the fourth bullet
should read: "If one player has a garrison unit in the
city while another player has a military' unit in the
city's province, no one controls the province and its
city. Remove any control marker that may have been
in the area."

8.5 May a player both disband and build in the same
province in the same Spring?
A. No. Disbandment takes place after all builds, so
that no army may be replaced by a fleet or vice versa.
The disbandment rule does not allow you to skip the
garrison stage to convert a unit.

9,3 What is "adjacent" when it comes (o bribing a
garrison? Do you have to be in the same province as
the city?

A. No. the bribe may be done from the same
province or from the province adjacent to the one
containing the city.

10 A rebellion has been brewed inside Genoa city,
allowing Florence to force Milan's army in Genoa
province to retreat. Can the Milanese army retreat into
the city?

A. No, the Milanese army may not retreat into a loca-
tion held by a rebellion. The rebellion is "relieved"
and removed at the end of the turn (after retreats are
conducted).

10 If a rebellion unit is placed in a fortified city,
does that unit support liberating units advancing into
the province?
A. Yes.

14 Do "two strength" special units count as a single
support? Can it be cut by a single advance?
A, No. only one of its strength points is cut by a sin-
gle advance, the other support remains intact.

ERRATA New Rule 16.5 Ducat Borrowing Phase
The Ducat Borrowing Phase contains two steps: First.
loans that arc due must be repaid or the default penalty
is applied. Second, new loans may be borrowed. This
sequencing prevents players from taking out new
loans to repay loans that are due in die same phase.
Note: all money borrowed in a single phase for the
same duration is part of the same loan.

ERRATA RULE 17.1 Control of provinces (along

with their cities) is transferred at the start of the Spring
turn (as stated in 4.3) and is no different when deter-
mining conquesi of a player. To simplify, rule 17.1
should state "If you control no provinces in your home
country at the start of a Spring turn, your are elimi-
nated." Furthermore, 'To conquer another player's
home country, you must control all provinces in that
player's home country at the start of a Spring turn."
This change does add the requirement of conquering
home provinces containing no cities.

Beach

Strategy in BREAKOUT: NORMANDY

Part 2: Gold, Juno and Sword

By Alan Applebaum

T" fere we continue Alan's in -depth

§ § strategic analysis (Part I is found

M. J. in volume 31, number 6 of The

general;.— skt

GOLD BEACH— STRATEGY

According to the Allied plan sel forth in
Part 1 of this article, the Gold Beach group
must take only Bayeux to achieve its "par."
Any further progress into Foret. Tilly. Vil-
lars or Balleroi should be regarded as a
bonus. The German should be content with
making the Allies spend two or three
impulses taking Bayeux. The German is in
good shape, if Balleroi, Tilly and Foret are
all adequately defended at the time of the
loss of Bayeux. The German should prefer
a defense in depth to an all-out defense.

The British should avoid the trap of
heading down the Verson-Evercy corridor.
Aunay-sur-Odon, a Bocage area, is easily
defended, as is Bourguebus (an unbridged
river defended by the 1 2th SS). Any spent
British units in Verson and Evercy are vul-
nerable to counterattack. The Allies cannot
afford to enter areas with terrain effects
modifiers (TEM) of "+1" without over-
whelming force, because a small force risks
unit losses to a German counterattack. Any
impulses available are better spent else-
where, as the Verson-Evercy corridor may
yield no victory points (VPs), while it is
guaranteed to cost a lot of supply and
spread the British thin, at least until rein-
forcements arrive on June 9. An Allied plan
to surround Caen is doomed to fail against
any competent German defense.

GOLD BEACH— BRITISH TACTICS

The initial amphibious assault here, as
described by Maly, seems to be best and
almost universal — attack with the three
infantry regiments of the 50th Division,
even against interdiction. This "+2" attack
has a healthy 44 per cent chance to clear the
beach against the spent Arromanches CA,
and has only a 24 per cent chance of losing
the battle. Even an outright loss is no disas-
ter, because only three units are disrupted
and 8 Armor still gets to attack at 7-6. As
indicated previously, the Advantage should
never be used on this beach. With both 8
Armor and 56 Infantry available to exploit,
the capture of Bretteville and Villars or
Tilly is a real possibility. The beachhead is
quite sale from counterattack, even if all
amphibious assaults fail, because the Ger-

man 21 Pz/192. the only serious threat, is
two areas away.

If the beach falls on the first assault, the
German will presumably move 21 Pz Flak
and PAK into Bretteville on Impulse 0. If 8
Armor doesn't move on Allied Impulse 0,
the German may blow the Gold-Bretteville
and Juno- Bretteville bridges, putting a big
crimp in the British plans (but a follow-up
assault on Omaha against a fresh 352/xx is
more urgent for the Allies). A conservative
course of attempting to seize the bridge
before entering Bretteville seems best. If 8
Armor overruns Bretteville without seizing
the bridge, it has two MF left to advance
into Villars or Tilly, but this is a pipe-dream
at 5.4 per cent. Even if it works, the Ger-
man may eventually sprint into Bretteville,
cutting off supply to 8 Armor. Stick to
clearing Bretteville. The German doesn't
have the uniLs to garrison both Villars and
Tilly against 56 Infantry. The German's
only hope in this position is to blow both
bridges out of Bretteville (25 per cent).
Therefore, the Allies should use the 8
Armor in a 7-5 attack after a successful
seizure of the Gold-Bretteville bridge. The
Allies need only contest Bretteville on June
6. If this fails, the German line is too short
and easily defended, while both Gold and
Juno remain exposed.

Maly is too pessimistic about the diffi-
culty of taking Bayeux once the entire Gold
assault force is ashore and fresh. The solu-
tion is to slide the Canadians over from Juno,
hit Bayeux with air bombardment (and, if
that fails, Corps Artillery on June 8) and
attack with an attack value (AV) of at least
15 (Armor, two regiments of the 50lh, two
Canadian regiments, two divisional artillery,
two divisional integrity bonuses and air sup-
port). If Bayeux is defended with only two
spent units, die defense has a defense value
(DV) of 7, even with the Gold-Bayeux
bridge German-controlled. The attack at 15-
7 (+8) has a 76 per cent chance to take the
area and a 66 per cent chance for an overrun.
British corps artillery may also be available,
and an additional British infantry unit or two
may join the attack across the river or
through Port-en-Bessin.

The British have one other job which
cannot be ignored. They must try to force
Panzer Lehr to move on June 7. This means
that clearing Bretteville may have a higher
priority than assaulting Bayeux. If Lehr is

permitted to move to Zone C, refit free, and
regroup to Aunay sur Odon, the Germans
have a much easier time stabilizing the
center and improving their supply position
significantly.

JUNO BEACH— STRATEGY

Juno is more of a liability than an asset
to the British, even when cleared. Its forces
can mount only a 12-AV attack into Caen,
even in clear weather. It is risky to make a
full-division assault from Juno into Bret-
teville or assist with the capture of Bayeux
until Caen is contested, and by then the
Germans will probably have garrisoned
Tilly and Villars well enough to prevent
their capture without a concerted effort by
the British on June 8, and probably not even
then. It may seem templing to advance
through Bretteville into Verson and Evercy,
but as mentioned above, this too is a dan-
gerous trap for the British. In sum, the
Canadians are best used to assist the British
in taking Bayeux, as described above, or as
a backup force to assault Caen, as described
in the discussion of Sword beach below.

JUNO BEACH— CANADIAN
TACTICS

On June 6, Juno is almost exactly anal-
ogous to Gold. The initial wave is a "+3"
assault (assuming no successful interdic-
tion) with the three Canadian infantry
units. If the assault wins or stalemates but
does not clear the beach, 2 CA can assault
accompanied by 3 CA/xx, because it is not
a Mandatory Assault. Nevertheless, 3
CA/xx is not disrupted if 2 CA loses the
assault, because it is not participating in
the assault.

The British should not spend an entire
impulse capturing Douvres with 2 CA. This
unit should be used in Bretteville, unless
impossible due to blown bridges. Douvres
is best taken from Sword in conjunction
with an assault on Caen, as set forth below.

If necessary, the Canadians can be used
to assault Caen on June 7, but this should be
attempted only if assault from Sword fails
or is impossible.

If the German garrisons Tilly and Vil-
lars, I suggest that you only try to take them
if something has gone wrong with the basic
plan and you need them. Perhaps Utah is
shut down, or the 1 2th SS got a weather
change and cleared Merville. With only 1

VP to recover under the plan, a prolonged
assault on Tilly or Villars may be the
answer — but not as late as June 1 1 , when
German reinforcements will make these
areas invulnerable. If these two areas are
equally well defended, you should prefer
Villars to stretch the German front.

GERMAN TACTICS-
GOLD AND JUNO

In most cases, you need only a simple
plan for June 6. If either beach falls on
Impulse 0, 21 Pz FLAK
and PAK have to go to
Bretteville, as Green-
wood notes. If neither
beach is cleared, the Ger-
man may decide to gam-
ble on Impulse by
attempting to blow both
bridges from the beaches
into Bretteville, a 26-to-
10 chance. If it works, 21
Pz/192 is freed to attack
a beach. Bretteville may
not fall for a long time.
On the other hand, if one
bridge remains standing
and a British armor unit
gets an overrun on Gold
or Juno on Impulse 0,
Bretteville falls and the
two remaining fresh British point units may
get to waltz into Tilly, Villars or both. Con-
sistent with my aggressive Germ an /conser-
vative Allies theory, I think the bridge-
blowing gamble is worth it, particularly if
the Germans have the Advantage to use to
re-roll the demolition attempt which failed,
or both the Gold and Juno amphibious
assaults failed so that the Impulse British
attack on either beach is only at 7-6.

If Bretteville is contested, blow all the
bridges leading out of it. The best time to
blow bridges is when the Allies contest,
rather than control, an adjacent area. Your
odds are high and the Allies cannot repair it
on the same impulse in which they clear it
(unless diey take a Double Impulse). They
can't overrun out of the contested area. With
the bridges blown from a contested Bret-
teville to Tilly and Villars, you have a little
breathing space and don't have to move
Panzer Lehr on the first impulse of June 7.

The idea in Bayeux is delay, not victory.
This means a garrison of exactly two units,
including 1 FLAK. The German could add
more units to the defense at the risk of los-
ing three or more units in an impulse and
the total collapse of the central sector. This
would depend on whether Panzer Lehr
arrived on the scene in good order and in
time. As Bayeux is five areas away from
Zone C, Panzer Lehr will have a hard time
assisting without a weather change. An

overrun into empty areas is devastating, but
the loss of additional units and multiple
Sunset DRMs may be worse. If the Allies
arc having average luck, the only realistic
German defense (absent a weather change)
is blowing the bridges into Bayeux and
falling back to the Tilly- Balleroi-Foret line.
Start Panzer Lehr in Zone C — don't
think about it, just do it. In an ideal world,
some or all of Panzer Lehr can be moved to
Zone D on June 7, refitted free, and
regrouped into Aunay sur Odon that night.

Yet, more often than not, Bretteville will
fall on June 6 or early on June 7, and most
or all of Lehr will have to march the "Trail
of Tears" in clear weather from Zone C
through Thury-Harcourt, Aunay, Villars
and Tilly. There is nothing Lehr can do
from Zone B that can't be done better by
"Big Black'*— the 12th SS and its friends. I
would not follow Greenwood's suggestion
to move Lehr Flak ahead of the rest of the
group to provide a screen against air inter-
diction on the following turn. This uses an
impulse, and may require a supply depot all
to itself to refit, just to reduce the air inter-
dictions in one area by 50 per cent.

Greenwood's suggestion of moving
disrupted units off board for a free refit is
somewhat dubious, as well. If the unit is
disrupted on June 7, it regroups to a zone
on the night of June 7, becomes spent on
the night of June 8, becomes fresh on the
night of June 9, and can move back to the
action on June 10 (subject to air interdic-
tion). Having moved, it is spent and won't
be fresh in its new position until dawn on
June 11. Assuming the Germans can't
afford to refit the unit with a depot, they
can surely find a better use for a disrupted
unit than putting it totally out of action for
three full days. The "Free Refit" substan-
tially benefits only those units which
move from zone to zone or fail an assault
out of a zone.

The German faces an excruciating deci-
sion when, on the first impulse of June 7,
Bretteville has fallen to the British, either
Tilly or Villars are vacant, the Ornaha-
Trevieres bridge is not blown, and the
Germans own the Montebourg-Ste. Mere-
Eglise bridge. If the German moves Panzer
Lehr, the Americans may clear Ste. Mere or
overrun Omaha and Trevieres while scor-
ing a "hat trick." On the other hand, not
covering Tilly and Villars is totally suici-
dal, because the British will pour through
the gap. To avoid this
dilemma, if Bretteville
is contested or lost on
June 6, the German
should move 30
Infantry and 752
Infantry from Cout-
ances as far toward
Caumont as possible on
June 6, from which they
can regroup into Tilly
and Villars. If they get
disrupted along the
way, they may provide
just enough defense to
prevent the British from
taking Tilly or Villars
on the first impulse of
June 7.

SWORD BEACH— STRATEGY

The Sword assault force provides the
British with their best offensive group — 14
AV after the Artillery lands. The Sword
group is charged with the tasks of taking
Merville and contesting Caen. Although
Merville is an easy prize on June 7 (assum-
ing the Allies won the amphibious assault
on Sword), priority should be given to a
maximum assault on Caen. Until Caen is
contested, both Sword and Juno remain
vulnerable to German counterattacks.
British advances past Merville should be
viewed with suspicion, despite the possibil-
ity of achieving a breakout. The 12th SS
and the Zone A reinforcements on June 8
and 9, along with the Le Havre Battery, are
more than adequate to defend against any
advance beyond Troarn, while threatening
to counterattack.

SWORD— BRITISH TACTICS

Sword, like Omaha, is not favored to
fall on June 6. The stakes are high,
because Caen may become impossible to
contest, if the Germans have an extra day
to prepare. Also, the British paratroopers
in Merville start to become vulnerable if
they can't be reinforced from Sword. The
longer Caen is uncontested, the greater the
danger of a weather change leading to a
devastating German counterattack on
Sword or Juno, with bombardment support
by 21 Pz/xx out of Caen.

Assuming that both German units on
Sword are spent by bombardment, but the
Merville artillery remains fresh following the
3-3 attack by one of the British paratroopers,
the Allies should send all of their available
units into the amphibious assault. If all six
units survive coastal interdiction, the 13-8
assault yields a solid 44 per cent chance to
clear the beach of two spent units fas
opposed to a 34 per cent chance with the
Ranger left behind). If a couple of units are
spent or disrupted by German coastal fire and
the assault becomes closer to even money,
the extra unit is very significant. An exploit-
ing Ranger lacks the required MF to advance
into Merville against a fresh unit anyway,
and capturing Douvres is of minimal impor-
tance at this stage. Leaving an infantry unit
behind is even worse, because it reduces the
initial assault by two AV. A second wave
beach assault is unattractive here, because the
spent Oustreham CA defends at 6 DV even
without the fortification bonus.

If the Merville CA is spent or disrupted
by the British paratroops during the night
of June 5/6. it's a closer question whether
to assault the beach with all units, because
a Ranger can now exploit into Merville if
Sword is cleared. Nonetheless, I still
favor the conservative approach. Taking
Merville on June 6 is good but not neces-
sary. You can't really exploit beyond
Merville (usually a bad idea anyway) until
you contest Caen, because Sword will be
too vulnerable, and the Sword force is the
best British force to contest Caen.
Merville can wail as long as German
artillery attacks are not weakening the
paratroops to the point where they may be
driven out or destroyed. The German can-
not afford to reinforce Merville signifi-
cantly because of the low TEM.

As long as you win the assault, all
Sword units will be fresh on June 7,
because the Germans have no artillery in
range. Make sure 3/xx gets ashore on June
6. Very early on June 7, bombard Caen
with ETF. If one of the German 5-6-5 units
remains fresh (as probable), Caen defends
with at least 10 DV. You don't have the
time or resources at this point to capture
Caen. Overrun the beach and exploit into
Caen. Your attack has only 12 AF, because
the Rangers lack the MF to join the overrun
attack. You should leave one Ranger fresh
on Sword for defensive purposes. The other
Ranger can enter Douvres or, if the
Merville CA is spent, attack there. As the
attack into Caen is only "+2" or "+1," you
may lose — be prepared to use the Advan-
tage. If you assault Caen before Omaha, as
I recommend, you can regain the Advan-
tage via the "hat trick." If the British lose
the assault on Caen and lose the re-roll, you
are in a fair amount of trouble, but could

still be saved by an assault from Juno. If
you successfully contest Caen, you arc
right on schedule.

After the ETF bombardment, I disagree
with Maly's suggestion to bombard a fresh
5-6-5 unit in Caen with the air unit or 3
CA/xx prior to the assault. The air unit will
probably fail in Caen and is best used
against Bayeux, while 3 CA/xx will fail 44
per cent of the time and uses an impulse. If
the Germans already had the Advantage,
however, a "conservative" extra round of
prep fire is reasonable.

If FTF flipped all units in Caen (a 34 per
cent chance against three fresh and no spent
units— the most common defense), life is
good. The defense of Caen is reduced to
seven and cannot be improved to more than
eight. Moreover, you can now attack with
the Rangers after overrunning Sword, and
the German can only absorb eight steps.
Your threatened 14-7 attack has a 34 per
cent chance to lake Caen, virtually guaran-
teeing victory in the game. The German
must reinforce. As a little added bonus, the
27 Armor now has enough MF to overrun
Sword, pass through Douvres and join the
overrun assault on Caen. If you like, a unit
can peel off to assault Merville following
the Sword overrun, saving an impulse. If
the German leaves you a 20-25 per cent
chance to take Caen with a double impulse,
you should try it, but realize that failure
means that Baycux and Merville (both
vital) will be safe for at least one more day
and possibly two.

Once you have contested Caen, follow
Maly's advice and regroup all but three
units out of Caen. If you don't have Dou-
vres, you may have to leave your armor unit
in Caen to prevent German armor from
moving out of Caen through Douvres onto
a beach. Go back to Sword and take
Merville on June 8, or go to Juno to help
defend the Bayeux-Bretteville region. It is
no tragedy to wait for the June 9 rein-
forcements to take Merville. Wait until
you have overwhelming force, or until all
three British paratroopers are fresh for
defending the area. By June 9, the British
will probably be facing an impenetrable
line consisting of Caen, Bocage areas and
the Verson-Evercy "trap," so the British
June 9 reinforcements won't have much
else to do anyway.

This is about all you can ask of the
Sword force. An attempted advance
through Troarn is fraught with danger.
Groups of one, two or even three spent
British units are vulnerable to counterattack
in low TEM areas. Once the Zone A rein-
forcements arrive on the evening of June 8,
Houlgate is pretty much impenetrable. By
June 8, Big Black will be hanging out in
Potigny, ready to punish any indiscretion.

A breakout to the east is a pipe dream with
the Le Havre battery ready to pulverize any
British units foolhardy enough to enter
Houlgate or Mezidon.

If Sword is still contested on June 6,
your best use of air supply is probably
Merville, even though you need a "5" to
refit a spent unit and a "6" to refit a dis-
rupted unit. Merville, Pont l'Abbe and Ste.
Mere are likely to be the only areas on the
board containing Allied units which cannot
be refit from depots on June 6. The
Merville units are the only ones in immedi-
ate danger. If the 6/6 glider is the only fresh
unit in Merville on June 7, Merville is very
vulnerable to bombardment by 71 1/xx. An
average bombardment roll at "+3" leaves
Merville with two spent and one D2 unit
and a defense of four DV. With only seven
steps to absorb, Merville now offers the
12th SS group a 13-4 attack in overcast
weather with a 76 per cent chance to clear
the area and a 66 per cent chance for an
overrun. In either case, Merville will prob-
ably be German for the rest of the game.

One could argue that using air supply in
a free area is more efficient since each unit
has a two-thirds chance to refit on a com-
pletely clear day. If this is a concern, the
Allies should calculate their expected
reserve supply level before attempting air
supply to determine if successful air supply
will enable them to buy an additional turn.
If so. that probably outweighs the chance of
strengthening Merville. Later in the game,
when you can supply all units from depots,
it's probably best to use air supply in free
areas only.

SWORD— GERMAN TACTICS

The German's best hope in this sector is
to prevent the British from contesting Caen.
This is usually hard to do, but every reason-
able effort must be made. On June 6, move
21 Pz/125 to Bourguebus and attempt to
move 21 Pz/22 there as well. If Sword looks
like it will fall on June 6 or 7, retreat 716/736
into Caen if its undisrupted status can be pre-
served. In any event, 716/736 should leave
during the night, to avoid permitting a
Sword-Merville "hat trick" on June 7.

The extra fresh units in Caen at the start
of June 7 are huge. They just about guaran-
tee that ETF's bombardment on June 7 will
not flip both 21 Pz/125 and 21 Pz/192. [f
you can get five units in Caen fresh on June
7, one of which will absorb three bombard-
ment factors, you are probably going to be
defending Caen with 1 1 or 12 DF even after
ETF bombards. Since the British Corps
Artillery can't Fire on June 7. if the Allies
want to further "prep" Caen they have to
use either 2 TAF (44 per cent chance to flip
another non- Armor unit) or a Divisional
Artillery (55 per cent chance). The Allies

can't afford to spend impulses on moves
wiih an even chance of success.

Big Black starts in Zone B. If an impulse
is available. Big Black may prepare to enter
the action by moving its two artillery units
and the Flak unit into Potigny on June 7,
regrouping to Troarn. This provides plenty
of artillery for either bombardment or sup-
port of an assault into Merville on June 8
and a partial flak screen for a clear-weather
aitack. 1 would send the Flak to Bour-
guebus to provide cover for units reinforc-
ing Caen only if Caen were seriously
threatened. In keeping with the "aggressive
German" philosophy, I want the Allies to
be constantly worrying about defense.
However, beware of attacking Merville
while ETF is fresh. It will be Big Black's
last significant action of the game if you do.
If you clear Merville, it may be worth it.
Otherwise, you have weakened the entire
sector, possibly permitting the British June
9 reinforcements to destroy large numbers
of German units, if not additional VP areas.

If a big assault on Merville is not feasi-
ble, the Germans should be careful about
reinforcing it. A second unit may help save
the area temporarily, but it's a low-priority
move. Three units would be offering the
British a three-unit kill. You can't really
afford the units from Houlgate or Troarn
until June 8 or 9. A defense in depth is
always better than a loaded defense in a low
TEM area diat will probably fall anyway.

COMPENSATION FOR
THE GERMANS?

Although I believe that the Allies are
favored, their advantage is far from over-
whelming.

Random Results: The limited number of
impulses available makes each Allied fail-
ure extremely costly. The randomness of
combat results works against the Allies. On
virtually every day, at least one high-odds
attack will fail and throw the Allied plan off
schedule. Finally, large attacks are risky
because all units become disrupted if they
lose, even if they attacked with overwhelm-
ing odds. Small attacks not only risk failure
but may provide counterattack targets.

On the other hand, the Allies have
more supply and units than they need.
Time is their only shortage. One example
of this was described in Part 1 in the dis-
cussion of Utah Beach. If the Germans
reinforce Ste. Mere-Eglise, the US player
can't really do much about it directly, but
can shift resources away from Utah. Sim-
ilarly, if a contested Omaha or Sword
Beach contains a mixture of fresh and
spent Allied units, your best course may-
be to ignore that beach for the rest of the
day rather than make an attack which is
not certain to succeed. As long as you

have some fresh units, the German is not
likely to keep you spent permanently. If
you wait until the following day when all
your units will be fresh, you not only
guarantee success on the beach but may
wind up equal to or ahead of where you
would have been by attacking the day
before, because you get a better overrun.
Overruns are to be treasured, because they
effectively double the value of the units
involved for a turn. The availability of
overruns means that the schedule for the
Allies is not quite as tight as Greenwood
and Maly suggest. If the Allies were plan-
ning to take an area on a particular day but
merely contest it, they may be able to
"catch up" by overrunning it the next day.
This has the paradoxical effect of allow-
ing the Allies to shrug off bad luck at cer-
tain poinis in the game.

Weather Changes. This is the biggest
German advantage in the game. Even if no
weather change actually occurs, the threat
of one will seriously limit Allied options,
particularly on the early turns. A weather
change early on June 7. before Lehr and the
12th SS group have moved, is particularly
devastating for the Allies. The Germans
have all kinds of delectable options: blow-
ing the British out of Merville. charging
through an uncontested Caen onto Juno or
Sword, or simply spreading reinforcements
across the entire front to stabilize the
defense. This weather change would be a
good time for the Allies to use the Advan-
tage for a re-roll.

The threat of counterattack means that
the Allies must beware of leaving an all-
spent force in a low TEM area throughout
the game, because losing an area while also
losing units is a crushing blow. In many cir-
cumstances the extra MF required to enter
an area containing a fresh unit may be the
only Allied defense against a crushing coun-
terattack. If Caen is uncontested, for exam-
ple, the Germans can reach Juno and Sword
all the way from Zones B and C against
spent units, but not against fresh units.

Another good German lactic in cloudy
weather is to contest an area behind the
Allied front line to hinder Allied re-supply
efforts. The British must be wary of overex-
tending their lines with futile forays down
the Verson-Evercy corridor or into Troarn.
Similarly, US forces must avoid fatally
weakening Ste. Mere while attacking
Carentan.

Short Days. Short days are another bane
of the Allies' existence, but the game
mechanics work to somewhat compensate
for them. Fmstratingly for the Allies, clear
and cloudy days alternate beginning on
June 8, so that the Allies can generally use
their supply advantage on clear days only to
lengthen cloudy days.

However, do not lose sight of the fact
that the Allies are guaranteed two air bom-
bardments and four additional impulses if
the day started on Impulse 0, with only a 3
per cent chance of getting less than five
impulses. By restricting themselves to
high-odds attacks in the early impulses of
the turn, the Allies ensure that they will
have accomplished most of their goals for
the day, even if it ends early. Also, if a
short, clear day occurs, the 2-to-l Allied
supply advantage will enable them to
regain some of the lost impulses on a later
turn. The Allies should at least plan to use
their air bombardments early in the day to
take the three-unit kills.

GENERAL TACTICAL
CONSIDERATIONS

Greenwood and Maly provided much
sound, general advice about how both sides
should handle their forces tactically. I
would like to make a couple of additional
observations, however.

Initiative. BREAKOUT: NORMANDY
(BKN) is more similar to Chess than most
other wargames in that you do not move all
your forces on your turn, but only one
group at a time. This establishes an "initia-
tive." The player making threats has the ini-
tiative: the player responding to threats
does not. The initiative can be held by
either player or by neither player (for exam-
ple, late in a day when neither player has a
credible threat. Even though the Allies are
always the attacker in the strategic sense,
the Germans move first each turn. Yet, the
Allies usually begin the game (that is,
Impulse of June 6) with the initiative
because the German must respond to a
threat — namely, British exploitation
through Bretteville. If both the Gold and
Juno initial assaults fail, the Allies are in
danger of losing the initiative. If the follow-
up assaults fail as well, die Allies have lost
the initiative, because the German can pur-
sue his own agenda with no need to respond
to an immediate threat.

The threat creating the initiative need
not involve an attack — for example, if the
Germans threaten to blow a key bridge and
have a high probability of success, the
Allies must respond by crossing the bridge
immediately, even if they would rather
bombard first.

As long as the Allies maintain the initia-
tive, they can keep to the schedule set forth
in the "basic plan" and should be able to
acquire 10 VP by June 12. Therefore, the
German must aim to take the initiative
away from the Allies. One of the key
advantages of a weather change is that,
even if the Germans have no devastating
attack to make immediately, they may be
able to seize the initiative by making sue-

cessful bombardments. Sometimes the Ger-
mans can force the Allies to activate an area
at an inconvenient time. For example, if
101 NW is fresh in Pont I 'Abbe on Impulse
of June 9, and the German can afford to
start the day with a bombardment of the
82nd Airborne contesting the area, the Ger-
mans will have the initiative for at least one
impulse by threatening to clear the area
with an assault. The Allied player, having
cleared Ste. Mere, wants to bombard
Carentan before launching an assault, but
because he must activate Ste. Mere to rein-
force Pont TAbbe, he may be hustled into
making an attack, on Carentan at much
lower odds than he hoped.

As in chess, the best way to seize the ini-
tiative is to make a move that accomplishes
two tasks — defending against a threat and
making its own threat. If your opponent has
made a minor threat, you may be able to
seize the initiative by ignoring his threat
and making a bigger one yourself.

You keep the initiative by generating a
threat on each impulse. If possible, you
want to create two major threats in one
impulse, only one of which your opponent
can defend, much like a fork move in
Chess.

Allied Mistakes. The most common sub-
tle Allied mistake is becoming distracted
from the easiest path to 10 VP and chang-
ing priorities. I believe thai the '"distrac-
tion" factor accounted for the fact that the
Germans won a majority of the games at
AvalonCon'95, even though they "bid" less
than 1 VP in most cases.

Another subtle Allied mistake is giving
up the Advantage loo easily. The most
important uses of the Advantage are to pre-
vent your opponent from re-rolling your big
rolls or to re-roll his big rolls. The worst use
is to re-roll your bad assaults. If you make
an unexpected, game-winning overrun, you
don't want to lose it to a re-roll. On the
other hand, losing a single assault (other
than the initial assaults on Omaha and
Sword) will rarely merit a re-roll no matter
how big the attack was (unless you have an
obvious way to regain the Advantage).
After the first two days, the Germans
should have their forces organized well
enough that it will be difficult to regain the
Advantage by killing units. Thus, giving
the Advantage to the Germans may amount
to conceding a VP.

Another tempting Allied mistake is to
try to make "efficient" attacks — that is,
attacks with less than the maximum force
available, in order to save supply and
maintain additional threats. In general,
this is a losing tactic. The Allies have
enough time to accomplish their goals, if
they can limit their failed moves to
approximately one per day. They do not

have enough time to be making marginal
moves (55 per cent or even 66 per cent
chance of success) on a regular basis.
Assaults which are expected to clear an
area but fail to do so are extremely expen-
sive, even if the assault "wins," because
supply must come from outside the area at
two supply points per unit. Also, bridges
bordering the contested area cannot be
repaired unless adjacent to a friendly area.
Throw in that extra unit to raise the odds.
The Allies really do have more than they
can use. On most days, the Allies will run
out of impulses before they have made all
reasonable moves. The "saved" units may
be wasted. With a "+2" or "+3" Sunset
DRM in hand, however, the situation
changes and the Allies can shift to making
smaller attacks, because they can now
afford to lose some assaults.

German Mistakes, Most of the more
subtle German mistakes fall into one of
two categories: trying to defend an area
with too many units or getting overactive
in trying to counterattack. A good German
player must cultivate the ait of knowing
when to cut and run. Take additional CPs
in the form of retreats to evacuate a con-
tested area except for one hapless D2 unit.
Then, blow the bridges surrounding the
area (only "l"s fail), and live to fight
another day. The German has lots of units,
but not where or when he needs them. He
really needs to avoid getting units killed
in this game. You should have no qualms
about giving up 9 VPs without a fight as
long as you have a clear idea about how
you will prevent the Allies from getting
that tenth one.

My second category of German mis-
takes seems somewhat contradictory in
light of my earlier advice that the Germans
must take some chances. However, I'm
probably more conservative than Maly or
Greenwood with the Germans on June 6 —
I rarely find myself counterattacking (or
even reinforcing) beaches in clear weather.
However, I'll consider an even-odds coun-
terattack with a single unit, when there are
no emergencies that need to be managed.
Multiple-unit German attacks should be
avoided except at high odds, because fail-
ure disrupts multiple units. The German,
unlike the Allies, needs units for defense
and has supply problems.

It is futile to launch a campaign of low-
odds bombardments of fresh Allied units
undertaken in clear weather in the faint
hope that an Allied-held area will eventu-
ally be weakened enough to counterattack
following a weather change. This uses
impulses and supplies that the German can-
not afford. It is much better to wait for the
overcast weather to arrive, and then make
bombardments that will compel an Allied

response. In any case, the German should
always look at the localized nature of his
supply usage. A bombardment by an
artillery unit in a region of the board that
will not see any other action uses only one
supply point, but requires use of a depot to
refit. In practice, the unit may remain spent
for several turns if all depots are needed
elsewhere.

Defense of i he Front. Unlike hex -map
wargames, BKN features areas of irregular
size and shape, with (for most practical
purposes) no stacking limitations in each
area. Therefore, each player should give
attention to shortening his front whenever
possible, as this increases the number of
units available for defense of each area.
The classic example of this is the British
contestation of Caen, which shortens their
front by two areas. Similarly, the Ameri-
cans need to contest Foret de Clerisy as
well as Isigny so that they need not garri-
son Trevieres. Columbieres and Omaha
Beach. On the German side, you should be
more reluctant to abandon an area if your
line will be lengthened, but cheerfully
retreat from an area if you will thereby
shorten your line.

Double Impulse. This is the "wonder
weapon" of the campaign. The Allies
should use it in only three instances: when
it provides a reasonable opportunity to take
Caen, when the Allies can blow a hole in
the German line in two places, and where
part of the front line is a contested area
which has vacant or ver\ weakly defended
areas behind it. In this last case, the first
impulse is used to assault and clear the con-
tested area from another area. The second
impulse is used to exit the formerly con-
tested area into the empty German rear. In
all three of these situations, the use of the
Double Impulse should be a game- winning
move if successful. Otherwise, the Advan-
tage is too valuable to risk.

SOME FINAL THOUGHTS

As game master of the BREAKOUT:
NORMANDY tournament at Avalon-
Con'95, I advised players not to use cards
or chits instead of dice to resolve assaults
and bombardments (an optional rule).
After seeing the large swings of luck cre-
ated by dice in many of the games, I have
changed my mind about this. While
cards/chits permit card counting, the bal-
ancing of the luck factor weighs heavily in
favor of this option.

BREAKOUT: NORMANDY is one of
Avalon Hill's finest designs. I have not
played any other game which combines so
well payability, excitement, analytical
depth and realistic military "feel" into a
four-hour game.

EDITORS

John W. Kisner
John A. Walker

SENIOR WRITERS
Larry Barrett, John Bowcn,
John Burtt. Dave Conn.
Kevin Donovan. Lee Forester,
Monte Gray, Mark Hunter.
Art Kritzer, Henry Lowood,
I Dave Mignerey, David Newport,
Chris Perleberg, and Rick Stuart.

Here's an explanation of how ^a; scores a
game's complexity and general quality:

COMPLEXITY

Rather than use a subjective rating
we have opted to 'count' the compo-
nents in two areas and equate the
sum of their square roots with the
game's rough complexity. The Size
score will usually be lower than that
for System, and this is intended:
we believe that the 'physical size
of ;i design is easier to deal with
than its 'intellectual size.'

GAME REVIEW ABSTRACT

In each of the following GRA categories we

use an ascending subjective scale of 1-5:

'Look* is rated on aesthetic grounds.

Utility' rates the component design's
impact on ease of play.

'Rules' are rated for complete-
ness and organization.

'Game* scores the fun and

replay value.

'Simulation' rates realism and
nuts-and-bolts detail.

'Innovation' scores inventiveness, novelty,
and new combinations of old ideas.

'Solitaire' rates the degree to which solo play
is possible.

CORRESPONDENCE
Letters to 3^ can be sent care
of Avalon Hill in Baltimore or
direct to John Kisner at:

Zone of Control

7 104 Bellairc Avenue

Windsor Heights, IA 503 1 1

515-277-8920

/ol'("> earthlink.net

The book and the game. We are,
almost all of us, interested in both.
But do we view narrative history
and games as involved in an exchange, an
interplay, a dialogue? No, we understand,
do we not, that games come from books,
not vice versa. Game titles proclaim this.
A fair smattering have been named after
histories, but no military historian has
ever named his work after a wargame.

Most wargames do lean heavily on writ-
ten history for facts and analysis. The
games are original nonetheless. It's
because of their medium. Historical
tomes often include much in the way of
statistics — gamelike numbers — but
even then they use descriptive prose to
elucidate relationships. The game design-
er uses prescriptive prose, logic and num-
bers for the same end.

But despite appearances, wargames usu-
ally do not quantify. What I mean is,
when a designer accords a unit a combat
strength, the historical judgment involved
is not necessarily based on counting men
and rifles. This holds true even if it's an
artillery unit and the designer arrived at
the number by counting tubes and making
an appropriate division. It is the division,
not the earlier counting, that matters. The
designer is making a power judgment,
which is a form of value judgment, a
statement as to what will happen when a
player does something with the unit.

Wargames embody assumptions as to the
nature of what we call history. Narrative
tends to view events in a fundamentally
different way: as things that happened, as
opposed to things that are about to hap-
pen. Wargames do not see a past, only
alternative presents.

This way of looking at things applies to
all past events, big and small, not jnst
whole eras. Individual moments are the
atoms of history. To designers and players
each atom is pregnant with possibility,
and that possibility is history. Written his-
tory, in contrast, has traditionally con-
cerned itself with just two things: estab-
lishing facts and trying to determine the
relations between facts; the latter is what

we call historical causation. Wargames
and written history both recognize that
not everything is possible. What games
do that is special is also recognize that not
everything possible is equally so.

Military history instructs us in the work-
ings of leadership, and the terrible eager-
ness most men have to be led. Such
lessons are of value, for the social sci-
ences do not conduct controlled experi-
ments. Wargames, which study relative
degrees of possibility, contain an element
that is absent from written history: ran-
domization or chance. That is why game
designers are uniquely able to take the
analysis of events a step further, to serve
as a control and crosslight on written his-
tory. Take this passage from Joe
Balkoski's design notes to STONEWALL
!N THE VALLEY:

"I came to the surprising conclusion that
the history books do not really deal ade-
quately with the key grand strategic
issues of the Valley campaign... In my
final analysis, although Jackson consis-
tently outmaneuvcred his opponents and
defeated them on the battlefield, I'm not
sure that he accomplished the gigantic
strategic victory in the Valley that histori-
ans give him credit for."

The point right now is not agreeing or dis-
agreeing with Balkoski's thesis. (My
sense is that he is correct: many things —
such as Jackson's untimely death and
early war politics and propaganda — led
people to exaggerate the effect of
Jackson's remarkable victories.) The
point is that the design process led him
down new avenues by allowing historical
facts to speak for themselves. When facts
speak sans mediator, as they do in games
like this, which are steeped in primary
sources, the subject is liberated from a
prison, not of words, but of assumptions.

The lesson of all of this, at least for me, is
that just as war is too important a thing to
leave to presidents and generals, the past
is too important to be left to historians.

— John A. Walker

Grail

It's been twenty years since
good ol' SPI hoodwinked us
into thinking Campaign for
North Africa was the Holy
realism. Ever since, many
gamers have continued the quest for sim-
perfection; this summer quite a few final-
ly found it in DAK from The Gamers.
Despite all of this monster's obvious
merit, most gamers arc more likely to
enjoy a standard- si zed entry that's part of
the same company's Standard Combat
Series (SCS). Crusader, largely unno-
ticed when it debuted alongside dazzling
DAK. is far less weighty but designed to
be enjoyed no less fervently by the fun-
loving crusaders among us.

Unlike the many games that rely upon
arcane procedures to reproduce the fog
and chaos of war, here they're a natural
outgrowth of the situation. Crusader can
keep it simple because both sides have the

WANT THE BACK ISSUES?

A typical back issue of sqc contains
sixty pages of reviews and essays.
They're now just $5 each, which
includes shipping to the USA or
Canada (add S 1 per issue for overseas
orders). Send a check or money order
to John Kisner at 7 1 04 Bellaire Ave.,
Windsor Heights, IA 50311. (Phone
(515-277-8920) or e-mail (zoc@earth-
link.net.) Some issues are in short sup-
ply, so order today !The back issues, by
cover story, are:

#1: Thunder at the Crossroads.

#2: Proud Monster.

#3: La Bataille series. Sold out!

#4: Stonewall in the Valley.

#5: Crisis: Sinai 1973.

#6: Three Days of Gettysburg.

#7: Indo-Pakistani Wars.

#8: Hannibal.

tanks to strike fast, but neither has man-
power enough for anything approximat-
ing a solid front. The game's homespun
mechanics are a stark contrast to straight-
laced and scholarly DAK (as much a dis-
sertation as a game) by the same design-
er, Dean Essig. Whatever the reasons.
Crusader stands out for allowing players
to concentrate on the game, not the rules.
The end result, to steal an apt description
from the designer's notes, is "a swirling
knife-fight of armor in the desert."

During historical Crusader.

Britain's Eighth Army meant

to strike a decisive blow.

Thirteenth Corps (consisting
of the 2nd New Zealand Division, 4th
Indian Division, and 1st Army Tank
Brigade) would drive along the coast road
to break the siege of Tobruk. Meanwhile,
30th Corps (7th Armored Division, 1st
South African Division, and 22nd Guards
Brigade) was to destroy the Afrika Korps'
ever-dangerous mobile divisions.

Rommel, taken by surprise, reacted in his
usual way: by punching back relentlessly.
The fight's decisive moment came when
the Desert Fox pressed toward Egypt's
border. By then Eighth Army was on the
ropes, battered by a vicious one-two of
appalling tank losses and the threat to its
rear. But a funny thing happened: General
Auchinleck didn't panic. He cooly calcu-
lated that the Axis forces must be in even

GAME REVIEW ABSTRACT

Look

Utility

Rules

Simulation
Innovation

1 1 1 1 L

2 3 4 5

worse shape, and resolved not to throw in
the towel. When the dust cleared, it
turned out to be Rommel who had taken it
on the chin. Crusader eventually forced
him to abandon Cyrenaica and the gar-
risons of Bardia, Solium, and Halfaya
Pass. The timing of the fight's final bell is
noteworthy: 7 December 1 94 1 .

Four scenarios cover all or part of this
three-week affair, and our matches have
all been nail-biters. You'll have to take
my word that Crusader is fast-and-furi-
ous, A nagging question remains: does it
come close lo filling the Grail of simula-
tion? Depending upon your perspective,
the cup is either half full or half empty.

Far from a technical study, Crusader
doesn't even try to examine the nuts and
bolts of maneuver warfare. Just a passing
look at logistics, command and control,
limited intelligence, and unit interactions.
Gamers interested in Mich devilish details
are far better served by far more complex
designs, such as the aforementioned DAK
(which includes a Crusader scenario).

Crusader may not be the omega of simu-
lations, but is still faithful to history. It
mirrors the psychology of the desert war
especially well. Africa was not the same
as Russia, where commanders usually
had the luxury of solid lines. In addition
to the desert's legendary logistical night-
mare, that open southern flank was the
stuff of which bad dreams are made. With
this in mind. Rommel made his sprint
toward Egypt. His sights weren't set on
any conventional objective; his target was
the mind of his rival, Aucklineck. The
logic was simple: make the enemy
believe he is losing, and the battle is won.
With its emphasis on the attack and hold-
ing initiative, the design can indeed be
nerve-racking. It lets players imagine the
worst — and act accordingly.

In our inaugural game, the battle began
with an assault on the Italian position at
Bir el Gubi, a crossroads about 45 miles
due south of Tobruk. The situation looked
grim for the defenders (who were quickly
surrounded on three sides) until the Axis
committed the bulk of its armored reserve
into this sector. Soon it was the British
troops that were surrounded!

At this point in the game, things looked
grim for both players. From Rommel's
command post, the British right wing,
which had quickly bypassed Hellfire Pass
and was driving along the coast to relieve
Tobruk, looked a juggernaut. With all
reserves locked in the death struggle at
Bir el Gubi, enemy Thirteenth Corps was
flying through the screen that now lay in
tatters. A miracle would be needed to hold
the line.

That miracle came in the form of an
Allied player transfixed by Thirty Corps,
which seemingly faced complete annihi-
lation. And so in our re-telling of history
it was Aucklineck who blinked first. He
sounded retreat, then sent up a flare for
emergency reinforcements (a few extra
brigades) to stabilize things. When it was
over, the German player confessed to
having been on the verge of doing the
same thing — snatching defeat from vic-
tory due to the enormous mental strain of
non-linear warfare.

Crusader, the fifth game of the SCS
series, plays differently from its predeces-
sors because games in this series are all
different by design. A wafer-thin series
ridebook is all that ties the five together.

and Crusader is typical with its several
pages of "exclusive rules" that flesh out
the particular event. The two most inter-
esting rules concern themselves with unit
reconstitution and Rommel himself.

Unit reconstitution will give people
pause. The rule seems more at home in
Command than in a game from those
grognards in Homer. Unit reconstitution
handles replacements without pencils or
markers. Whenever a unit (other than sin-
gle-steppers and non-stepping static
types) is lost in combat, a die is roiled. If
the roll is a '1,' the unit is permanently
eliminated. Any other roll is the number
of game-turns later the unit will reappear
at reduced strength (except for German
units, which, for better game balance,
come back full-strength).

It's not so much the concept as the
absence of modifications (for presence of
zones of control or lack of supply) that is
bothersome. In fairness, Essig addresses
these concerns in his design notes, and
does makes a strong case. And whether
completely realistic or not, reconstitution
works so well that I'd like to see it used in
future SCS games. Specifically, it reflects
the natural ebb and flow of battle. It does
not take great imagination to envision the
shattered cadres grabbing forty winks and
a hot meal behind the lines, and then
being tossed back into the meat-grinder.

In this particular case, the rule also prods
the German player (whose reconstituted
units return at full-strength, remember) to
take an aggressive stance. Essig's notes
rationalize granting one side a certain

Structural indifference to high casualty
rates by citing evidence of the German
army's battlefield resiliency, but mainly
it's a game-balancing ploy.

Directing this oh-so resilient army is
Erwin Rommel, whose military career
has been romanticized by historians and
gamers alike. Whether or not you com-
pletely believe the legend, who can deny
having felt the pull of Rommel's goggles
on his face as the the 2 1st Panzer is
ordered into the breach? Here Rommel is
portrayed by the only leader counter in
the game. He can fly faster than a speed-
ing bullet (up to forty hexes in the famed
Storch airplane) and is impervious to lead
projectiles (Rommel cannot be killed or
captured). Our super-hero's powers don't
end there. Rommel gives his stack a pos-
itive shift on both attack and defense and
the capability to move and fight in the
exploitation phase (even non- mechanized
units). Properly used, Rommel can make
a very big difference in the campaign.

I Crusader strives for classical
I balance. And I'm not just
talking about the scenarios,
^^^^^ all of which arc handicapped
to give each side an even chance. With
familiar rules concepts and modest com-
plexity, here's a game that we all want to
play that we actually have time to play...
and then switch sides and play again.

ANNOTATED SEQUENCE

Air Determination Phase

A die is tossed and a table con-
sulted to generate air points.
Initially, Allied airpower has the
edge, but the modifiers even out
later on.

Allied Player Turn

Movement: Pretty tame, with
only the phase's overrun combat
noteworthy. Resolved just like
regular attacks, overruns can be
made with just one moving stack.
As is always the case, overruns
are a great way to clear a path for
units moving later in the mm.

Barrage: Artillery and air units
bombard enemy units, applying
various modifiers for terrain and
spotting units. Results can be dis-
organization (which halves the
target's factors and zeros-out its
ZOC) and steps lost.

Combat: Yes, units that overran
earlier can attack again. Table is
odds- based, with both step-loss
and retreat results. Only exploit-
capable units may advance
beyond the defender's hex.

Supply: Units are supplied by
tracing a path to mobile head-
quarters or fixed supply sources
(some range restrictions apply).

The simple logistics help put the
"standard" in SCS.

Exploitation: To be eligible to
operate in this phase, a unit must
be exploit-capable and not in an
enemy ZOC. Such units can both
move and conduct overruns.

Disorganization Removal: Allied
units that are currently DG'd are
reorganized automatically.

Axis Player Turn

Same as the Allied Player Turn.

Knd Turn Phase

Time marches one space on the

turn record chart.

CRUSADER

Size 2.2 ■ System 4.5

Solo "Gd"

SCALE
2 days per turn
5 miles per hex

PUBLISHER
The Gamers, Inc.
500 W. 4th Street
Homer, IL 61849

DESIGN & GRAPHICS
Dean Essig

COMPONENTS

One 22 x 34" map, 280

counters, 8 -page series

rulebook, 16-page exclusive

rulebookand a double-sided

player-aid card.

PRICE: $38

I lost my best friend during a game of
DIPLOMACY. There was probably more
to it, but in my mind that double-cross —
that lie, as he always called it — caused
us to drift apart. I've been careful to keep
my word, and so my friends, ever since.
That's why I was reluctant to play this
French import, brought stateside by Clash
of Arms. While the mechanics arc quite
different, at Africa's heart is all the back-
stabbing darkness of DIPLOMACY.

The typical two-hour session begins inno-
cently enough for Africa's three to six
players. Each directs the colonial ambi-
tions of one European state, starting with
just a single token placed along the coast.
The continent is divided into 32 territo-
ries, and victory goes to whoever builds
the most colonies from 1880 to 1914.

More in tune with the spirit than the
specifics of the era, use of "tokens"
(rather than "'units") speaks volumes as to
Africa's lack of traditional simulation
value. Tokens represent a rather fuzzy
amalgam of European settlers, imperial
troops, and native alliances. Those thirst-
ing for even rudimentary details, such as
named leaders (like Chinese Gordon) or
particular events (like the Zulu uprising)
had best fill your history cups elsewhere.

During each five-year turn a token can
either "explore" by placing a new token
in an adjacent territory, or "develop" its
present location by placing an appropriate
marker. Territories are turned into
colonies only after they have been fully
developed in this abstract fashion. A few
places, like Congo, are easy to colonize,
requiring just one development marker.
Some aren't: Nigeria, among others,
requires four markers. The rest fall some-
where in between.

GAME RE

Look

Utility

Rules

Game

Simulation

Innovation

VIEW ABSTRACT

i i i i i

12 3 4 5

To mark a colony, the controlling play-
ers) plops down a pretty cool building
figurine that's about 1" square. After this,
the colony is safe: control cannot change.
The period of danger comes before, when
up to five other players try to push their
way into your territory. Security can only
be found in each turn's diplomacy phase,
a Frenzied eight minutes dedicated to
secret and public negotiations. After
negotiating, players record plans for
development, exploration, and the pos-
ture to be adopted, Peace or War, with
regards to each rival power. Later, when
written orders are simultaneously execut-
ed, life-long friendships may be put to the
test.

Lying, even to friends, is essential
because of the unique way in which
diplomatic posture resolves conflict and
relates to the problem of colony-building.
As to the latter, even if fully developed, a
territory that contains tokens at War with
one another cannot be made into colonics.
Regarding the former, Africa's limit of
one token per player per territory pre-
vents stacking to concentrate strength.
Absent a numerical superiority, hostile
tokens coexist indefinitely. Only shifting
diplomatic tides can break the deadlock
and sweep a territory clean of the enemy.

Conflict resolution requires neither CRT
nor dice. Traditional randomization gives
way to a pair of simple comparisons.
When just two tokens are in a territory,
they coexist unless it's a Peace-War situ-
ation, in which case the pacifist token is
destroyed. In all other cases, a token is
destroyed when tokens at War with it in
that territory outnumber those at Peace.
Sometimes the result is all tokens
destroyed; usually one or more survive,
protected by an alliance.

Given a combat methodology in which
the only variables are in secret diplomat-
ic postures, it isn't hard to understand
why the question is not so much whether
as when lies will be told. Illustrating this
is the game during which my France
worked closely with England to jointly
develop northern Africa. For a long time
we stood at Peace with each other and

War with everyone else. Many an Italian
or German token found itself odd-man
out in the face of this united front — it
was great fun! But however successful,
the alliance could not go on forever. Only
one player can win, you see, and splitting
victory points (for shared colonies) with
an eventual rival gets old in a hurry. I
remember muttering something about
remaining allies for at least one more
turn... and then carving up the English
like Christmas hams after making a deal
with an erstwhile enemy, Italy.

A backstab is perhaps more painful in
Africa than in other games of this genre.
Imagine how the English player felt: his
Peace posture protected my duplicitous
French from harm even as his own tokens
faced oblivion (due to my switch to War)
from coast to coast. There's a lesson to be
learned: do unto others first. The trick, or
course, is to lie only when it really counts.

The classic novel Heart of Darkness tells
of the "dreams of men, the seed of com-
monwealths, the germs of empires" that
were lost on the voyage upriver "into the
mystery of an unknown earth." In Africa
we know the terra: n but run a greater risk:
losing friends. It can be great fun, though,
if you're willing to take that chance.

AFRICA

System 2.6 • Size 2.2

Solo "Poor"

SCALE

thousands of square miles per area
5 yeans per turn

PUBLISHER

Tilsit Editions/Clash of Arms

The By me Building#205

Lincoln & Morgan Sts.

Phoenixville. PA 19460

DESIGN

Francis Pacherie

GRAPHICS
Le Lion Vert

COMPONENTS

One full-sized mounted map. roughly 300

counters (of various shapes and sizes), 22

colony figurines, rules in French and

English, and a pad of order sheets.

PRICE: $54

WATERLOO MOODS:

MONET'S HAYSTACKS AND MONT ST. JEAN
fay John Seteor

The following article is part of the reason
why g^c #3 went out of stock. We don't
intend to make reprints a regular part of
this section, but my recent move to a new
house has curtailed hobby time enough to
make this seem the Ideal moment to share
Mr. Se tear's essay with a wider audience.

The essays in zqc typically examine
the choices made by a game's
designer: the sequence of play, the
combat or movement values of units, and
so forth. But our first — and sometimes
our deepest — impression of a game typ-
ically comes not from its words, but from
its pictures. The box art catches our eye
before we read the description on the
back. If we buy the game, we examine the
map and counters before we plunge into
the rules. Some would dismiss graphics
as superficial. This is literally true, of
course, but T would argue that, at the very
least, graphics are profoundly superficial.
The map and counters aim to capture our
heart, after all, while the rules and tables
are only after our intellect. Choices made
by graphic artists influence our impres-
sions of a game and its historicity. Toward
a better understanding of this influence I
offer this essay.

We think of a plot of land as con-
stant — ancient, weighty,
immovable. But walk the same
piece of land over and over, and you see
how much it can change. From season to
season, flowers and leaves appear, and
then fall away. The snow blanket grows
and shrinks during the season when the
foliage is constant by its absence. From
day to day, a piece of land shifts with the
cloud cover from gloomy pessimism to
sunny promise. From hour to hour, the
light, and with it all the terrain, changes
from the harsh near- white of noon to the
sentimental reds of dusk and then the
deep, deep blues of night.

The best artistic examples of these phe-
nomena that I know are two sets of paint-
ings by Claude Monet. Near the end of
the 1 9th Century, he painted the cathedral
of Rouen from the same spot, but in a dif-
ferent light, over and over. Monet did the
same with a set of haystacks in the French

countryside — ■ a less ambitious arrange-
ment of natural materials by human
hands, but one no less powerfully immor-
talized by subtle shifts in oils from paint-
ing to painting. Through Monet's exquis-
itely sensitive eye, the viewer sees that
the "same" object painted from the
"same" vantage point in the "same"
medium is really many objects with many
moods.

The Waterloo battlefield in Belgium is
about 200 miles northeast of Monet's
haystacks and cathedral. The gently
rolling terrain of that battlefield has been
largely preserved as it was in 1815, and
the contemporary visitor may walk, in
many lights, the same ground that boot
and horseshoe churned into mud on the
mid-June day that closed an era. If you
examine Waterloo, not in person but with
a board wargame, the counters and map
will not change with the season or posi-
tion of the sun. Nonetheless, if you take
the look with a series of wargames, then
the same terrain can take on different
characteristics with the shifting illumina-
tions chosen by the graphic artists who
construct a game's counters, maps, and
box. Like Monet's studies of man's cre-
ations, these studies of man's destructive
side show that the same battle or cam-
paign treated in the same medium can
convey very different moods.

This essay is a guided tour of five games
focused on the battle of Waterloo. I omit
the operational-level games that allow
treatment of the campaign as a unified
whole, such as Clash of Arms' L'Armee
du Nord, SPI's classic Napoleon's Last
Battles, and the various editions of the
"block" game Napoleon. I also omit
Hougomont by XTR. which appears to
be the only game focused on just a piece
of the struggle near Mont Saint Jean.
More importantly, 1 leave to others the
consideration of how the five render the
order of battle, the distinctive aspects of
the Imperial Guard, or the struggle of
horse against square. I focus instead on
the choices made by graphic artists in cre-
ating the game maps and counters. Each
game's mapsheet presents the battlefield
in a different light. Each map combines

with its counters (and even, sometimes,
with the box art) to create a distinctive
historical mood. These lights and moods
are at least as subjective a matter as the
"correct" emphasis in ;i game's rules, and
so I do not attempt here to decide which
is the "right" mood. My intention is rather
to bring to the forefront the relevant
choices, the way they combine to create
an historical mood, and the fact that such
choices are subtle and important enough
to deserve consideration as something
beyond mere appearances.

Wc begin our tour with a game
intended for the beginner: the
1979 version of Napoleon at
Waterloo (SPI). The map has all the
sunny simplicity of a brightly lit after-
noon. The playing area contains just four
terrain types — a faint buff for clear ter-
rain, bright yellow roads with grey bor-
ders, steel-grey overhead views of build-
ings, and classic bright-green forests —
as well as small, unit-typed squares show-
ing the starting positions of the French (in
bright blue) or the Anglo- Allies (in bright
red). A grey border limiting the edge of
the playing surface to full hexes, and the
presence on the mapsheet of all the nec-
essary charts and tables, adds an air of
precise self-containment.

As far as historical mood goes, Napoleon
at Waterloo is a kind of archetype.
Where are you in the long march of time?
Hard to say. You've got a crossroads, a
few woods, some counters, and an odds-
ralio CRT One side is blue; one side is
red. The counters use NATO- style unit-
type designations (though with pleasant
white lines stretching from one corner of
the counter to the other, rather than the
usual symbol-in-a-box). The various
typefaces on the map and play aids are
clean and vaguely modern. The graphic
choices entice and assist beginners to
play the game, but not to imagine a par-
ticular struggle in a particular era.

"V^

X V

2HHT

1 ^'1

JfmtgQ

t&fmt<Z3

ica

§■

sP%

•- - —•

L j-

*■

L»-

Yaquinto's 1980 release, The Thin
Red Line, is a dramatic contrast:
the graphics of the game seem not
merely to focus the gamer upon a partic-
ular era of battle, but to draw you right
into the titular thin red line of infantry-
men deployed behind a ridge just south of
Mont St. Jean.

This specific historical mood is largely
the result of effective counter design. The
counters in this game are not the standard
1/2" square, but are 1/2" x 3/4" rectan-
gles. When deployed in line formation,
the infantry counters are therefore about
150% wider than the usual counter,
though of standard depth. This simple
physical representation of a line is
enhanced by three more subtle graphic
choices. First, the hexes are twice as wide
as in the standard game — an inch-and-a-
quarter across, rather than the standard
5/8" (or the oversized 3/4" hexes thai we
have become used to in Command
games) — and thus cover roughly four
limes (he area. Because of this, a unit in
line, with its standard counter depth,
when pressed against the front of its over-
sized hex seems woefully exposed.
Second, every Anglo-Allied infantry (and
cavalry) counter has a thin, light-blue
border along the long front side, a place-
ment that, by reducing the red field, still
further reduces the sense of depth.
Finally, infantry units have in their center
a tiny, colorful flag of the appropriate
nationality — Union Jack, French tricol-
or, the Dutch-Belgian tricolor variant, and
so forth — while cavalry and artillery
have only black, generic symbols
(crossed swords and a dot, respectively).
As a result, the player's eye tends to trace
out the line of colorfully accented
infantry units before turning to the sup-
porting arms of horse and gun carriage.
The prominence, as well as the precari-
ousness, of the "thin red line" is thus sub-
tly imprinted on the player's mind by the
game's graphic artists.

The counters also include several 3/4"
square counters to represent infantry
squares that, like all the counters in the
game, are about double the usual thick-

ness. The overall result is a wonderful
physicality to the formations as deployed
on the map that one could never achieve
with the usual small hexes, square coun-
ters, and use of markers to denote forma-
tion.

The thick brown roads and genera) green-
ness of the map have captured the Belgian
countryside in the mud and lushness of
the hours after a rain — although the
large hex numbers and clumsy black out-
lines of the chateau hexes undermine
one's confidence that this effect is inten-
tional, as docs the fact that the green cho-
sen for Prussian units tends to look a little
nauseating against the greens chosen for
the map. In any event, the combined
effect of French and British counters
upon the map is inspiring. In addition, the
physical representation of line, square,
and column makes it plain that the game
represents the action of a particular (i.e.,
late muzzle-loading) era.

GMT's The Battles of Waterloo
covers not only Mont Saint Jean
but also Quatre Bras, Ligny, and
Wavre. The box art clearly gives the bat-
tle of Waterloo pride of place; however,
only Mont Saint Jean has its own banner
on the front, and only that battlefield
receives a three-dimensional map treat-
ment on the back.

You could practically frame the front box
art, with its gorgeous red-to-yellow back-
ground and its triptych of Napoleonic-
icons: Napoleon himself in the center,
flanked on one side by Detaille's image of
a gleaming stalwart of the Old Guard
infantry and on the other by a dashing
dragoon. If I did frame the box, I would
put it in the same gallery as the Warhols
and Rauschenbergs: the iconography of

Pop Art. Just as Rauschenberg subtly
changed and simplified RAT-A-TAT-
TAT! and other comic-book frames that
he copied, Rodger MacGowan's box sub-
tly brightens and simplifies the central
icon of military art that he has chosen for
his front cover. The original, by
Delaroche, depicts a glowering
Napoleon, deep in shadow, lit only by
fading light from a window and perhaps
by a fire: grey eyes in the shadows, a grey
greatcoat, black boots. MacGowan's ver-
sion is Napoleon in a flash photograph: a
brilliant white waistcoat, bright blue eyes,
and an aqua- blue greatcoat. Del aroc he's
background moves from purple-black to
pure black: MacGowan's background
from light to dark purple. I should note
that we have the strongest possible evi-
dence that MacGowan chose this brighter
Napoleon deliberately: he has also done a
version of this very same painting for
Avalon Hill's THE STRUGGLE OF
NATIONS that is much darker. On the
Avalon Hill box, Napoleon's eyes are
black, and his greatcoat looks almost like
a piece of carved charcoal. Tellingly, the
soldiers sharing the box are no parade-
ground dandies but a wonderfully evoca-
tive mass of weary grognards — ■ even
their dog is so bone-tired that it loo shuf-
fles along, stoop-shouldered.

The choice of colors for some of the unit
identifications on the counters display the
same peppy Modernism: orange for the
French II Corps, bright blueberry for the
French HI Corps, grape for the French IV
Corps, and a cool yellow for the French II
Cavalry Corps. The trio of horses on a
Recovered marker are black shadows gal-
loping out of a white background like
some ultra- high contrast Bergman trick,
and the markers for Disorder and Rout are
so stylishly functional that they could
only be from the less-is-more 20th centu-
ry-

As with the box art, the counters hit what
I assume to be MacGowan's mark: daz-
zling. The pictographs are detailed and
stylish. One can pick out the top of the
plume on the cavalrymen, the backpacks
of the infantry, and wheel hubs on the

artillery pieces. Each army has its stun-
ning flag on every counter: a reversed
version of the Iron Cross for the
Prussians, a diagonal blue- white-blue
pennant for the Anglo-Allies, and the tri-
color for the French. An exception to the
tricolor's employment is made for the
imperial Guard, whose special treatment
on the box art carries through to their very
own counter design: a deep blue back-
ground with yellow lettering, and a flag
based not on the tricolor's rectangles but
the diamond-design battle standards of La
Grande Armee. Taken as a whole, the
game portrays the involved units not
merely in the clear sunshine of a clear
mid-morning, but in that light as brilliant-
ly reflected off neat arrays of polished
bayonets and cuirassiers.

The map, a Mark Simonitch and Joe
Youst production, is a much more
restrained affair. Appropriately so, for the
vivid pictures of the counters require a
quiet frame if their dazzle is not to result
in show-blindness. The basic hex colors
are muted yellows or browns, with grey
hex borders and generally unobtrusive
terrain features — thin white roads with
broken borders, village hexes where the
buildings occupy only a small fraction of
the relevant hex, cultivated-hex markings
that are just skippings of green, and ridge
hexsides that blend nicely but discern-
ably with the elevation scheme. Forest
hexes are indicated by a pattern that sub-
tly fills the hex. It is the units, not the
ground over which they fought, thai
provide the spectacle and the historical
distinctiveness here.

Both outside and in. this is a game in
which graphic choices contribute to an
image of Napoleonic struggle as gleam-
ing spectacle. The box art is bold, the
counters dazzling, and the map subordi-
nated to the spectacle of the counters.

The 1983 TSR reprint of SPI's
Wellington's Victory displays
dissonance, not harmony, among
box art, counters, and map. The box cover
is a dramatic, lightly focused rendering of
the brier moment when a handful of brave
men struggled on each side of an open
gate at the Hougomont chateau. Open up
the box, and you see a sprawling, four-
map treatment of the battlefield. The
scale is a detailed 100 yards per hex, but
the hedges and villages are highly
abstracted. The elevation levels are the
dominant feature, denoted by full-hex
browns and yellows so bold as to reduce

the prominence of units laid atop them.
This may be just as well, as the colors of
the counters in the TSR reprint arc marred
by an unfortunate return to the days of
Avalon Hill's WATERLOO: pastel pink
for the Anglo-Allies, and pastel blue for
the French. (The Prussians are, fortunate-
ly, a palatable blue-grey, not the fruity
green of Waterloo.) The box wrap kitchi-
ly refers to "a dark, titanic struggle from
the days when men were men:" the map,
typefaces, and associated tables say "a
graphically integrated abstraction of bat-
tle." The counters just say "1 don't get no
respect." If you want this game, look for
the original SPI version; you'll give up
the flashy box art, but at least you'll gel
understated, flat-finish counters in return.

A glorious unity of graphic purpose
characterizes Clash of Arms' ■
four-map, 100-yards-per-hex La
Bataille de Mont Saint Jean. The map
presents a bird's-eye view, not the artifi-
cially colored satellite photography
effect of Wellington's Victory. Each
village consists of individually rendered
farms, homes, and churches in three-
quarter perspective. The forests are no
overhead circles of generic trees, but
rather several parts deciduous trees to
each part of darker evergreen, with a
brown-green forest floor thrown in for
good measure! The large, beautifully
hand-scripted names for towns and
buildings hearken back to the pre-steam
age. Indeed, the background color of the
map as a whole manages to evoke the
faintest rose of nostalgic twilight.

The counters reflect the same concern for
the individual personalities of the units

involved as the map does for each hamlet
it portrays. The dizzying variety of the
period's military uniforms leaps to life in
these counters, which generally mimic
the belts and facings of the units
involved. The Scotch have tartans; the sil-
ver breastplates of the cuirassiers are
right there on the counter; leaders or
aides-de-camp sport their badges of rank.
To take a particular example, the I Corps
of the French Cavalry Reserve, with six
different counter patterns for its eight
combat units: (1) a cobalt-blue upper
field with silver buttons and black letter-
ing, a silver-and-red banded bell, and a
white lower field (1st Hussars); (2) a
scheme identical to the 1st Hussars
except with gold, rather than silver, but-
tons (5 th Hussars); (3) a pink upper field
with gold buttons and black lettering, a
red-and-gold banded belt, and a white
lower field (4th Hussars); (4) uniformly
deep green with white lettering, except
for a red belt and facing (1st and 2nd
Lancers); (5) a deep-green upper field
with a red stripe across a white facing, a
while belt, and a while lower field (I llh
Chasseurs): and (6) deep blue upper and
lower fields separated by a white belt,
with white lettering all around the white-
field facing crossed by a slash and cen-
tered ball of shot (for the two horse
artillery units).

The counter details are often historically
evocative in other ways as well. The front
of a La Bataille counter has two large
numbers in the bottom of the field, repre-
senting strength and movement. In many
a game, a simple hyphen would separate
the two, as, in fact, do some counters
involved in La Batailij: de Mont Saint

Jean. But many do not, and the alterna-
tive symbol is always of historical (and
sometimes also of functional) interest.
The French Imperial Guard has a
Napoleonic crest in this space between
the strength and movement numbers,
while units of the British guard have an
elaborate "R" signifying their direct con-
nection to their rex. The Prussian Jaeger
companies bear a tree. Some
Bruns wickers display the death's head
symbol that would later have a much
more chilling connotation. Lancer units
have crossed lances. The military band of
the Old Guard (yes, there's a counter for
its mounted band) has a sixteenth note.
(This unit is connected, by the way, with
perhaps my favorite example of chrome
— or should I say brass? — in wargam-
ing: French units within 4 hexes of die
band receive a favorable modifier when
attempting to rally.)

Even the typefaces for the lower field of
the courier vary, this time by army, rather
than from unit to unit within an army. The
choices evoke the national personalities
in contention. The Prussians use a quasi-
Gothic script; ihc French a Roman script
of some flair; and the phlegmatic Anglo-
Allies display a very sensible, if still
Roman, font. (The fact that the standard
Prussian and French infantry units have
the same upper-field coloring, a choice
reflecting a historical similarity that

affected the course of the campaign at
least twice, makes this differentiation in
typeface more than purely ornamental.)

The designed illumination of maps and
counters is a clear, but not a dazzling,
light. One can observe in it much detail,
both of topography and human personali-
ty. That light is tinged with nostalgia for a
bygone era of quiet villages and splendid
uniforms, rather than focused on the fury
that erupted when men in those uniforms
marched across those countrysides.

The box art completes the picture by pro-
viding ample evidence of the fury of com-
bat: A wave of Prussian troops assaulting
Plancenoit, with men shouting and shells
bursting. Its black border and dignified
typeface indicate a more restrained view
of war than the riot of colors on the coun-
ters. The choice of a relatively obscure
painting, and one of the Prussians at that,
indicates the expertise and self-confi-
dence of Clash of Arms. (The covers of
Waterloo games tend to concentrate on
the struggle of the French with the Anglo-
Allies, not on the equally crucial action
involving the Prussians. In fact, I know of
only one other cover that even includes a
Prussian.)

Of equal importance, the box art subtly
reinforces the general graphic perspec-
tive. The view in the painting on the cover

is that of a soldier as he glances towards
the comrades on his flank — not, as is
more common, -toward the enemy. The
overall strategy seems aimed at placing
the player within the lines of battle; not,
as in so many oilier games, above those
lines in some non-existent aerie of high
command. The Napoleonic soldier, after
all, was surrounded by a grand but often
confusing palette of uniform colors,
painted upon a usually gentle but sudden-
ly lethal landscape. So too with those who
venture into the counters and map of La
Bataiue de Mont Saint Jean.

The graphic designers who brought
to life the games of Waterloo dis-
cussed here have produced quite
different moods: cool abstraction, distinc-
tive physicality, dazzling color, nostalgic
immediacy, and so forth. They have done
so by making certain choices about the
diickness of lines, the styles of typogra-
phy, the colors used on counters or the
map, the grain of patterns for terrain
types, the style of the box art, and so on.
Many of these choices will affect only
subliminally, and that's as it should be.
Look closely, though, and your apprecia-
tion of the Waterloo games in your col-
lection — indeed, of your games on any
topic — will grow with the realization
that each captures and creates an histori-
cal mood all its own.

ZONE SIX AWARDS, 1998: YOUR VOTE COUNTS!

We at^c nave decided to restart the tradition of collecting read-
er feedback in order to publish a game rating chart. Veteran sub-
scribers will notice a subtle shift in methodology: no longer do
we ask you to rate every new game you've played. No, with our
much widct distribution in the pages of The GENERAL, a sim-
pler approach seems prudent. This time all we want from you
are two short lists - — is that too much to ask? For your trouble
you'll receive a chance to win a prize and a guarantee of some-
thing almost as valuable: the knowledge that your votes will be
reflected in die next Zone Six Awards.

The two lists we request are:

1 ) Recent Favorites. This list should consist of no more than six
wargames you've played in the last twelve months that you
would recommend to fellow subscribers. List the complete title
and the game's publisher (and also the year published if you
can). Please adhere strictly to all of these requirements!

2) All-Time Favorites. This list, also of no more than six titles,
should be of your favorite wargames of all time. Yes, I feel your
pain: it will be tough to winnow a collection that spans several

decades! You don't have to have played these recently, but try to
honestly list the ones you treasure most.

Keep in mind that what we're trying to do is come up with a list
of the best "paper wargames." That means you'll waste your
vote by listing games like Monopoly or Euchre, the computer-
ized STALINGRAD, or the latest edition of Johnny Reb. At the
same time, even though Zone Six Awards are limited to the
paper format, it is okay to vote for non- traditional wargames —
like the card-game Tank Commander or the comic-game
Nuclear War.

Those of you who follow the rules given above, and who also
remember to put their name and address on their lists, will have
a chance to win one of six complete sets of ^c lnat W 'U De given
away in a random drawing. (Yes, #3 is officially out-of-print,
but I've decided to give away part of my private stock in this
promotion. Am I a nice guy, or what?)

To be counted, mail your lists no later than June 1st, 1998. Send
them to Stuart K. Tucker. The GENERAL, The Avalon Hill
Game Company, 4517 Harford Rd., Baltimore, MD 21214.

WORLD
CONQUEST

Calling all armchair quarterbacks! Now you can
prove your skills where they count...

ON THE BATTLEFIELD!

Now you can play a great wargame against 11 other players anytime you want - without leaving the house! Each game of World
Conquest starts with 12 players spread out on a ficlitous war-torn world. It is up to you how you will govern your empire... Will
you build a large navy and rule the seas? Or perhaps create a potent armor force capable of a devastating Blitzkrieg! Maybe even
great armadas of Fighters and Bombers to defeat the enemy from the air? Perhaps you will invest in technology research? Or train
the Home Guard for Civil Defense. It is up to YOU to make the choices...

WC is played by wargaming enthusiasts from around the world! Games for new players are starting monthly! Let PTS bring you
a whole new world of challenges and excitement! Try your hand at world domination by outwitting your opponents!

Diplomacy
Welcome your neighbors 10 the
'New Order.' You decide who is
friend or foe . . . Exchange
information freely with your allies
through the game's diplomatic
channels!

Weather Reports
Displays local weather fronts,
showing size and location . . .Will
your upcoming invasion be
jeopardized by an oncoming storm?

Spotting Reports

Indicates what you can see near
your forces. Perhaps it is from
your Spy you have lurking in the
mountains outside Berlin, or
perhaps your Recon Plane flying
over the outskirts of Leningrad!

City Reports

Shows all the cities you control,
what production level they are at
and what they are building. Larger
citieshavegrealereapabilitiesand
can produce bigger, better units!

30 Types of Combat Units!

Infantry • Special Forces • Paratroopers • Militia • Tanks • Artillery

Truck Convoys • Railroads • Fighters • ASW Aircraft • Forts

Cargo Planes • Recon Aircraft • Strategic Bombers • PT Boats

Naval Transports* Submarines • Destroyers • Cruisers • AA Guns

Aircraft Carriers • Battleships • Minefields • Minesweepers • Rockets Leaders Spies

Mechanized Infantry • Armored Cavalry • Air Bases

WHY TRY WC?

U Fun! Players state that they love the ability to "mis-direct" their
neighbors through game messages to other players. Propaganda
and diplomacy are important factors to be successful in WC.

□ Experience: We have professionally moderated over 300 1 2-playcr
games with over 100,000 turns processed since 1988!

□ Easy to learn; impossible to master... Most players get a lot of
experience defending, but few master the offensive gambits
necessary to win!

J Low Cost! Send S 19 for the 30 page rulebook and the 1st 3 turns
of your 12 player game! Additional turns arc S5 each.

PRIME TIME SIMULATIONS

PO BOX 650 Pinole , CA 94564-0650 VOICE: (510) 245-1300 FAX: (510) 245-1201

Email: conquest@dnai.com WWW site: http://www.dnai.com/~conquest

IF YOU OWN A PC.

You can play via email using our program, WCView.
WCView allows players to view their game on their PC, log
each units' orders, replay previous turns, and much much
more! The software is free! Users of our software are invited
to play in our Head-to-Head games (2 player games) on our
automated turn processor! Over 1000 H2H games have been
played in the past year! Make sure to tell us about your
computer system and email address!!!

(from p. 5)

an upgrade here or there along the way. but
not appreciably. Work software upgrades
represent little more than "Profit, version
7.0," while usually making little meaningful
change in functionality. My PC still performs
95 per cent of the work tasks it should,
because work software is fundamentally not
tasking computer capabilities today the way
game graphics do. However, before 1992 was
finished, my PC no longer operated computer
games available in stores (when virtually all
non-CD ROM games ceased to be marketed).
The focal point of my hobby is interac-
tion with other game players. Consequendy,
I have never been wilting to plunk down
hard cash to upgrade a PC for gaming pur-
poses alone. Netware and enhanced modem
capacities may soon change all thai. How-
ever, the 1992-1997 Computer Epoch fea-
tured solitaire play of graphically appealing

games with inadequate artificial intelli-
gence. That wasn't my hobby. I hope poor
AI is soon replaced by challenging artificial
opponents and that network gaming
becomes more affordable for the common
gamer. I want to be able to analyze the game
system and input elements, thus drawing the
appropriate conclusion about their historical
lessons. Board gaming has always been more
adaptable to simulation and learning (unless
you regularly debug, alter code, and compile
your own computer games).

On the other hand, significant convention
expenditures (for travel, room and board) I
deem to be acceptable outlays to enhance my
enjoyment of my gaming hobby. The players
at AvalonCon have become friends {for
which there is no price). The time is well
spent. The entertainment value is astounding.
There is no better place to validate your
hobby pursuits. Conventions even provide
competition on directly-connected comput-
ers, with ready opponents willing to battle
you head-to-head in your free moments.

My report is offered simply as a testimo-
nial to one aspect of this entertaining hobby
of ours. Fortunately, the competitive, think-
ing angle of gaming will never become obso-
lete, nor will its participants. Only the equip-
ment will. — SKT

Firing from the Hip

By Mark G. McLaughlin

For my birthday. I bought myself
Imperialism by SSI. It is like Civi-
lization, but set in the 19th cen-
tury, with big armies, big fleets, less
micromanagement and an excellent diplo-
macy system.

Do not be scared when you read the box.
It says it requires 100 MB on the hard drive,
but that is not true — it took up barely 25
MB. It requires Direct X 5.0, but you can
load that from the CD-ROM disk itself. The
rule book appears daunting, but seven tuto-
rials teach you the basic things you do
(develop, build, trade, parlay, move
armies/navies, and fight). Install it, then
print out the read me file (it corrects some
etxors in the rule book, especially for the
tutorial), and then play each of the seven
tutorials (the book gives you a play-by-
play). Then read the rule book.

Do not waste your time on the random
map games. They are just random map
worlds of made-up continents with country
names like "Zimm" and "Deneb." Your
country on thai map is small and you start
from scratch. It takes a long time to build
up to the good part of the game.

Go instead to the scenarios (1820.
1848 or 1882). I recommend 1882.
because you can be either Britain or Ger-
many on the eve of the great naval arms
race that led to the Great War (WW I).
You get lots of stuff at start; most of your
railroads and depots and ports are already
built. Your transport and factory network
is started. You have a small military.
Moreover, you play on a map of Europe,
so geography is familiar (you do not
waste time looking for the province of
Twil in Zimm).

It takes a couple of hours, a couple of
reversions to saved gaves (it autosaves
each turn) and some experimentation ai
first, but the game is marvelous. It has the
best diplomacy options I have ever seen,
right down to the trade and embassy oper-
ations akin to PAX BRITANNIA and the
trade subsidies, boycotts and bribes of a
human game. You can make deals and
track how major and minor countries per-
ceive you. You can figure out who makes
what you need to buy most.

The production network is really
neat — determining where resources go to
build up industry or goods for selling, or
train workers, or recruit soldiers. You can
upgrade things or invest in new items.

Naval combat is semi-abstract — you
build a fleet, decide what ships go into it,
set a level of aggressiveness, and put it
somewhere to blockade a harbor, set up a
beachhead, patrol for enemy fleets, or
defend your own harbor. You do not com-
mand the fleet in battle, but at least you
give it some parameters to operate.

Army combat is tactical. As you would
expect from the period, artillery domi-
nates, with heavy artillery ruling. Infantry
exist mostly to die (unless you build many
of them and use them in human waves to
give the enemy more targets than he can
hit). Cavalry exists either to draw fire
(which they are very good at doing) or for
the coup de grace. Generals blow bugles
and boost morale. Units are regiments
(which get medals if they survive a vic-
tory). Losses are partial, with recovery
based on time doing nothing. In each of
the three basic periods of the game
(1820s, 1850s and 1880s) you get nine
types of troops, but in the 1880s you can
start upgrading to WW I-style troops (rail
guns, tanks, machineguns).

Imperialism (not in real time) gives you
a lot of food for thought. The AI is very
good on the trade and diplomatic front.
Militarily, it tends to spread itself a little
thin, but always buys the military
upgrades. If it is losing, it attacks with the
provincial militia/territorial forces while
retreating the mobile units. The militia
dies, but by coming out of the trenches, it
can try to kill your best units while buying
time for your regulars to retreat. When you
see the enemy militia leave the trenches,
that is a good sign you have won. If it
thinks you are losing, it will counterattack
with better units to try to keep your from
getting away with light losses. All in all,
the computer is craftier than it appears on
the tactical matrix, and is especially smart
with trade/diplomatic deals.

My favorite line: the Defense Minister
(adviser screen) pops up to tell you that
enemy fleets are in the sea zone off of
your capital and that you have no ships
there. He advises you to build or move
warships to the threatened area and "in the
meantime, I will be retiring to my country
estate, deep in the interior." How is that
for personality?

SSI has done it again.

by Jim Pedicord

Jim Pedicord is a freelance writer who
can be contacted at jimrp2@aol.com.

The sights are set on the US Civil War
with two games now available cover-
ing the bloodiest war in US history.

Sid Meier is a name synonymous with
strategy games, being the originator of such
classic computer games as Railroad
Tycoon and Civiuzation. He now moves
into the wargaming arena, covering the bat-
tle of Gettysburg with Sid Meier's Gettys-
burg! by Firaxis. Gettysburg is a real-time
game with the battle playing out directly in
front of you. Battles are shown from an
overhead view and fought on a regiment
level over the three days of the actual battle
(July 1-3, 1963). Scenarios range from
actual historical battles to many alternative
history engagements, all taking place near
the famous battlefield. Individual scenarios
are available for short sessions, and a
loosely-linked campaign is included for
longer game play. A nice randomized sce-
nario-building feature makes for good
replay capability as well.

The scale is relatively small, mainly
because of the real-time angle, but the game
does not turn into a reflex-dependent battle.
Strategy is the key and is very well done.
Combat itself is relatively simple with unit
movement consisting of a basic mouse click
and drag technique with varying commands
present to set tip formations and types of
attacks (line or column formation, charge or
retreat). Various voice responses from your
units give you a good feel for how the battle
is progressing. Battles are contested over
lush graphical backgrounds complete with
farmhouses, trees and buildings. Victory
conditions are based on securing specified
terrain objectives. Various skill levels plus
commanders with personality traits combine
for numerous combinations of play.

Overall, this title gives a great balance
between serious strategy and entertainment.
Complete with challenging computer play,
multi-player and network capability, and a
great look at some of the battles within bat-
tles during Gettysburg, this is another Sid
Meier winner.

Civil War Generals 2: Grant, Lee &
Sherman from Sierra looks at the Civil War

from a much broader perspective, using a
turn-based system and giving players
access to a multitude of battles. Players
may enter almost every battle in the war
from either side and also can play extended
campaigns, ranging from geographical
areas such as the western or eastern fronts
to the entire war itself. To top it off, a full-
fledged scenario editor lets you create new
versions of historic battles or your own
"what if situations.

Game play is geared around the generals
and commanding offi-
cers with morale and W^t^lST^^ m
supply as the key ele-
ments in the game. Units
are brigades and regi-
ments, with the actual
number of men and
morale influenced by
battle results. The game
provides a wide assort-
ment of troops, ranging
from normal infantry
and cavalry to engineers
and gunboats. Each scenario is turn-limited
with victories and defeats being determined
by the amount of objective hexes taken by
each side. Graphics are from an overhead
view and show a wide variety of terrain, all
taken into account when attempting to
move or attack. The campaign scenarios are
knit closely together, with the effectiveness
and morale of troops carrying over to each
new scenario (if they survive). Between
battles, new weapons and ammunition may
be purchased to improve the troops. Battles
are calculated affairs. A variety of com-
mands such as digging in or changing for-
mations may be given to the troops.

To close out the package there are
Civil War re-enactment movies sprinkled
throughout the game as well as an histor-
ical reference guide on the CD. For some-
one who wishes to partake in various bat-
tles throughout then entire war, Civil
War Generals 2 is a great game to
accomplish this.

Turning to more recent history, SSI has
released the long awaited sequel to the crit-
ically acclaimed Panzer General , appro-
priately titled Panzer General 2, first in the
Living Battlefield series. Sporting new

maps and graphics, this sequel improves on
the original, but does not stray from that
overall fun and simplicity. Battles can be
fought from one of the 30 scenarios, five
campaigns or ones constructed using the
scenario builder. Interestingly, a new front
has been added (America), where theoreti-
cal tank battles may be waged. Battles run
the gamut from Leningrad to Tobruk.

Game play is very similar to the original
with simple point and click routines used to
maneuver units and attack targets. Victory
conditions arc based on victory objective
hexes occupied at the end of the scenario.
Units have normal wargame values which
are used to calculate the outcomes of battles
and movements. Must standard wargame
principles are included (zone of control,
supply, spotting, etc.), wrapped in an easy-
to-use interface with concise menus and
windows. Prestige is an important element
in the game, with this morale feature help-
ing to determine supply capability.

A great game to introduce people to the
world of wargaming, Panzer General 2 is
also a nice change of pace for the experi-
enced wargamer as well.

SONAR BLIPS

Blue Byte has released
Incubation, a tum-based, tac-
tical game reminiscent of the
classic X-Com. Taking place
on an alien planet, you are
placed in charge of a squad of
marines attempting to fight
off mutated creatures who are
attacking a human settlement
Action and movement points
determine what your marines
can do. Graphically amazing, especially with a fast,
3D-enabled machine, it provides over 30 missions
to challenge you, with more appearing on the Blue
Byte web site.

Man of War, from Strategy First and distrib-
uted by Virgin Interactive, is a strategy game
putting you in command of the great sailing ships
of the 1 8th and 19th centuries. Turns are pre-
planned. After plotting, the player jumps to a first-
person perspective where you view the battle as it
unfolds. Large scale battles of up to 150 ships are
possible, and a scenario editor lets you design your
own naval battles.

Interactive Magic has released the second in
their Great Battles series, The Great Battles of
Hannibal. It has more large-scale battles than the
first title in the scries and many new additions and
improvements to the game engine, including an
undo feature, group attacks and plenty of elephants.
A great deal of reference material from that time
period is also included on the CD.

Finally TacOps 98, a revised and updated ver-
sion of the TacOps military strategy game by Major
I.L. Holdridge will be published by Avalon Hill.
One of the most realistic and accurate modem
wargames, it will be a repackaging of the original
game, scenarios and expansion disk with additional
maps and new scenarios. Planned updates are also
in the works.

Volume 31, Number 5 introduced two new fea-
tures, the Zone of Control section and the Up
Periscope column. Both drew considerable
praise from readers, although it was the
boardgame reviews which pleased the most, to
the point thai many readers listed the whole sec-
tion as one of the top three articles in the issue.
Congratulations to ZOC editors John Kisner and
John Walker for a fine beginning. The series
replay once again received numerous votes,
despite (or perhaps due to) being very short. The
ASL fans sent their feedback in great numbers
(the Chicago guys voting early and often for
Louie Tokarz's article). Bruce Monnin's excel-
lent article on HISTORY OF THE WORLD was
fourth, but will be considered for the volume's
Editor's Choice Award anyway, given that vot-
ing on the Zone of Control section seemed to
represent votes for the boardgame review phe-
nomenon more than for any specific article
within it.

The issue as a whole received a mediocre 5.0
rating (weighed down by a number of "lerriblcs"
from readers not interested in computer cover-
age, advertisements and diminshed focus on
TAHGC games). Typical comments were "I
really like the new format," "best issue in a long
time" and "I like the mix of articles." This praise
was leavened by detractors saying that the mag-
azine is too diversified — trying to do too much.
As they say in the movie industry, the proof will
be at the box office and video store. Thus far. we
are encouraged by subscriptions and renewals.

Zone of Control section 200

Series Replay— STONEWALL'S

LAST BATTLE 180

Breath of Fresh Air from the

Windy City 140

Live Long and Prosper 113

"Reading, 'Riting and 'Rithmetic

mAOR 107

Surviving Among the Witless 93

Anzio and the Drive on Rome 73

At the Kiosk 60

Save the Princess! 53

Tricks and Taboos 40

ASL Scenarios 33

Whispers 27

Making History in the World 20

The games recently played hy the most respon-
dents were ADVANCED SQUAD LEADER,
HANNIBAL: ROME VS. CARTHAGE,
PANZERBLITZ . HISTORY OF THE WORLD
and STALINGRAD for computer [World at War
series).

Michael Tsuk (Arlington, MA) is the winner of
the feedback drawing and wins a one-year sub-
scription extension.

* * * • *

Congratulations are due the designers, develop-
ers, testers, artists and others involved in the
production and distribution of Avalon Hill's
boardgame line. In 1997 they were all hits,
according to Games magazine's December 1997
Buyer's Guide to the best 100 games of the year.
PRINCESS RYAN'S STAR MARINES captured

The

Infiltrator's
Report

'■■■ ; --"*%^

%M$-4& fee

the title of Best Strategy and Conflict game; also
recommended in that category are AGE OF
RENAISSANCE and TITAN: THE ARENA.,
while STOCK MARKET GURU made the list in
the Family Strategy category.

• •* • *

In November, number 15 of Vieille Garde, the
official bulletin of the French Wargamc Acad-
emy, sent us the Old Guard 1996 Award — their
award for the Best 1996 Foreign Product — for
HANNIBAL: ROME VS. CARTHAGE. Mean-
while, old-time favorites, SQUAD LEADER,
DIPLOMACY and KINGMAKER, remain atop
the list of best boardgames according to the
Leeds Wargames Club, sponsor of die United
Kingdom's largest game show.

• * • • •

STARSHIP TROOPERS: Prepare for Battle, the
new game by Ben Knight based on the movie,
shipped in the last week of October. SUCCES-
SORS: The Battles for Alexander's Empire , a
multi-player wargamc by Richard H. Berg and
Mark Simon itch, shipped in late November.
ATLANTIC STORM, a multi-player card game
on WW II naval convoy battles by Ben Knight,
should be available in January.

• • * • •

TAHGC has acquired the worldwide publishing
rights to the TacOps computer game system of
Major I.L. Holdrige. The 1998 version will run
on Mac and Windows95 or WindowsNT. The
new CD will include new scenarios and maps,
plus revisions of previously published ones,
TacOps will remain focused on contemporary
and near-future tactical level operations and will
retain the no-nonsense user interface which
appeals to the military market. Major H's goal is
to offer long-term support to this computer title
as added incentive to buyers seeking the multi-
year availability and support that is critical for
training simulations.

• * * * •

Contest #182 ("Once More into the Breach")
turned out to be more confusing than intended.
The difficulty revolved around misconcep-
tions about control (perhaps fostered by diver-
gence from the rule regarding receipt of
income). Some entrants simply assumed that
by converting the Florentine army into a garri-
son, control was retained. In this view, victory
was assured for the outnumbered Florentines.
However, receipt of income from a city and
control of a city are defined differently in the
rules. Control of a city and province go hand
in hand as fully defined in rule 4.3. Facing an
enemy army in the province, a friendly army
in the city does not sustain control of the
province/city (in fact, neither power controls
the province/city). In the Spring, the control
marker is removed and Florence would have
control of no home cities. (Had Florence sur-
vived as a power from some other reason, then
the unbesieged garrison in the city would pro-
vide its income to Florence — just as the enemy
army in the province would yield the provin-
cial income — see rule 8.2.)

Consequently, contestants had to keep the
enemy out of the province of Florence (or
recover control of another home city). The
enemy moves are outlined in the volume 31,
number 6. Due to the ambiguity in the rules,
however, all contestants converting Army Flo-
rence into a garrison or bribing either Army
Bologna or Army Pistoia are considered win-
ners. Furthermore, to clear up the rule ambigu-
ities and the implications of control for victory,
conquest and unit adjustment, we provide
errata and clarifications in this issue's question
box on page 43. Who says contests are a waste
of time?

• * • • *

Contest #183 ("Hot Zone") put contestants in
the position of maximizing the point differen-
tial scored by the Arachnids over the Mobile
Infantry in the 1970s game STARSHIP
TROOPER. If you know the game well
enough, you quickly deduce thai only two pos-
sible answers exist and they revolve around
how to direct the fire of the "E" Heavy
Weapons unit. The other units have no choice:
line-of-sight and terrain preclude choice by
the other units. Without unit E, the Arachnids
fire at the Retrieval boat with 4- 1 odds (one-
third chance of destruction, bagging 12
points — three points per stranded MI for the
Arachnids). It is appealing for unit F. to fire ai
3-1 odds at the Platoon Sargeant and his car-
ried WIA buddy. This will usually net one
KIA and pin the other until the boa! is gone,
giving you four points. Unit E can double the
chances of the attack on the Retrieval boat by
joining the attack on it (5-1 odds). With a two-
ihirds chance of scoring 12 and only a one-
third chance of giving up four points, the
Arachnid player averages a gain of 6.67
points. The alternative (of shooting 3-1 at the
PS & WIA and 4- 1 at the hoat) yields an aver-
age gain of a shade under 4.5 points. Concen-
trate fire on the boat. The water- Filled bags
can be digested in due time.

ALIEN METAMORPHOSIS

Variant Rules for ALIENS

By Stuart K. Tucker

V WH2§5PS!

f I Those of you who loved this game or can '1
B find it (it is out of print) may want to
JL check out the new version o/STARSHIP
TROOPERS — different bugs and weaponry,
but similar exciting action. "Sir, is this going to
be a standup fight or another bug hunt?"

With the release of another movie sequel,
win not break out your old copy of Leading
Edge's Aliens for another heart-pounding
escape';' My 1'ricnds and 1 did, but we weren't
satisfied that the original game portrayed the
movie well enough and came up with some
minor modifications. Have you ever seen
Vasquez survive after popping off a few
grenades in Ops? Now you can. Are you tired
of those light-weight pistols failing to serve a
good purpose? Now you can hope to stick one
up the mouth of a nearby alien. Don't you feel
that carrying an incapacitated Marine should
harm your aim a bit? After over 30
viewings of the movie, the discrepan-
cies trouble die purist.

As fine as the game Aliens por-
trays the movie, the connoisseur will
appreciate these changes.

Hasty Shots. At the moment an
alien enters a Marine's space, the
Marine may squeeze off a point-blank
hasty shot. Aim is affected by the
weight of the weapon.

1. Pistols use the Aim 2 line. Range 1
column.

2. Pulse rifles and Shotguns use the
Aim 1 line. Range 2 column.

3. Flame units use the Aim 1 line. Range 3
column,

4. Machine guns use the Aim 1 line, Range 5
column.

The usual acid spray takes effect in the
space of the alien's attack.

Carrying Marines. A Marine carrying an
incapacitated Marine must add three to firing
die rolls (except for Hasty Shots — the advan-
tage of the second pair of eyes over the shoul-
der helps in that case).

Grenade Effects. Before checking the nor-
mal Effect chart, see if the alien or Marine is
hit. The alien in the target spot is automatically
hit. Aliens one or two spaces away from the
target spot must roll on the unwound ed Burke
card Aim 1 line to see if they are hit (and
killed). Marines one to eight spaces away from
the target spot must roll on the unwounded
Burke card Aim 2 line to see if they are hit. If
a Marine is hit, use the effects shown in the
Grenade Table Effect (Marine) column.
Example: Vasquez fires a grenade at range 3. It
kills the targeted alien, but kills adjacent aliens
on a 2 or less, and wills aliens two spaces away
from the target on a 0. Vasquez must roll a 5 or
higher to avoid being incapacitated.

Weapon Handling. Unload actions must be
consecutive. Reload actions must be consecu-
tive. In between unloading and reloading,
other actions may be taken. It costs no actions
to drop a weapon. It takes two actions to
acquire the weapon from an incapacitated
Marine in the same space.

Action cost:
Unload Reload

Pistol 1 2

Pulse Rifle 2 2

Movement Sequence. We have always used
a predetermined Marine movement order to
reduce coordination in the heat of battle. Ail
alternative is a randomized sequence. At the
start of each Marine turn, all Marines in com-
bat resolve their melee attacks. Then, take the
cards of non-incapacitated Marines and those
not in combat or grabbed. Taking care to keep
the wounded sides correctly up, shuf-
fle these cards and move each Marine
one at a time as revealed from the top
of the deck. After all have moved, any
grabbed Marine that has been freed
may then move.

Reactor Room. Randomly place
the Marines by rolling dice as if plac-
ing aliens, but add five to all rolls of
0-4 to keep the Marines distant from
the exit. Then, give the Marines a free
move parallel or away from the exit at
the start of the game.

Ripley, What Are You Doing? In
the reactor room scenario, on the turn in which
the Marines take their second casually, Ripley
begins to move the APC to rescue them. Count
1 2 turns down the mm track to mark the arrival
time. The APC bursts through die exit (use the
Ripley card to mark it) three spaces deep into
the room (killing anything in its path). Marines
now exit the scenario by moving onto the card
representing the APC. Aliens get one move to
jump onto the APC before it departs. The first
attacks Ripley through the windshield (Ripley
adds two to melee value). If Ripley is grabbed,
the APC doesn't depart. It takes two actions
for another Marine to become the driver.
Marines get Range 1 shots at any aliens on the
APC card with them. Any alien not killed or
stunned may attack any Marine on the APC.

Operations Room, In the operations room,
aliens get three move actions, not four. Ripley
may not move until she has shot three times
with the pulse rifle. Then, Newt and Ripley
may enter the passageway to the door.

Air Ducts. The explosive effects of a
grenade double in range due to the nature of
the passageways. Thereafter, the target
location of the grenade blast costs three
move actions to enter.

. . .The biggest news of the year has to be the
astounding announcement that Wizards of the
Coast has been granted a patent on aspects of the
"trading card game method of play" by the US
Patent Office (US Letters Patent 5,662,332).
Soon, they'll be tapping the shoulders of the
"me-too" companies for royalties — especially
the ones which can't afford patent
lawyers... Despite rumors of its demise, Spear-
head games expects to continue production, but
it has slowed production in the absence of dedi-
cated management. If the company is sold, pre-
publication orders for Thunder of Honor will
be honored... Columbia Games is now supply-
ing the public and retailers directly, which
apparently has earned the displeasure of Ches-
sex (a major game distributor)..,Task Force
games is apparently in negotiations with Aniar-
illo Design Bureau over the fate of the Captain "s
Logs series (idle for the last two years). . . Deci-
sion Games plans to release in February 1998 a
non-collectible card game on the Battle of the
Bulge, called Nuts... Parker Brothers' Lion-
heart (with big plastic toys and all) was
shipped in November... Avalanche Press
expects to put out AirUnes in early 1 998. Their
volume two for The Great War at Sea will
cover the North and Baltic Seas and should be
available in March 1998... Rio Grande's Medici
is expected in late March and El Grande in
June... CI ash of Arms expects to release War
Without Mercy in January. Their La Bataille
series will next feature a new edition of
Moscow, and Orthez. They expect to release in
1998 a Battles of the American Revolution game
on Brandywine/Germantown as well. Operation
Shark shipped in November. . .GMT's Jugurtha
and Phalanx (Great Battles modules) went to
the printer in December. Designer Richard Berg
is working on a campaign system covering the
ancient world (presumably with an interface to
GMT's Great Battles of History series). GMT is
also planning Victory, a Napoleonic version of
Glory. . . Fat Messiah has put out a solitaire
game. Last Frontier: The Venusian Incident, in
which the player boards a crippled lab ship
hurtling toward orbital re-entry, using his squad
to rescue the crew from an alien horror. They
also released a game called Shapeshifters, for
2-4 players, in which players take on different
forms to crush their opponents... Ral Partha has
released a fast-playing fantasy miniatures game,
Battlestorm. . .

...In computer strategy gaming
news... New World's Uprising has been
released... Blizzard was expected to release
StarCraft by the end of 1997... In the fall,
Interactive Magic released Seven Kingdoms, a
real-time game in which a player takes an
emerging historical civilization from a modest
village to conquest of the world. They are busily
working on Great Battles of Hannibal, for
release this winter... In March 1998, Interplay
plans to release Flatline Studio's Alien Intelli-
gence, a real-time snategy game with simulta-
neous land and space combat...
Impressions (division of Sierra On-line)
released Civil War General II in October. . .SSI
plans to release Soldier's War in 1998, a turn-

based game depicting individual US soldiers
with over 40 actions possible by each. SSI also
secured the exclusive worldwide rights for the
computer version of Larry Bond's Harpoon 4 ,
based on the award-winning miniatures game
system. Their Steel P anthers III is also avail-
able, now scaled to 200 yards per hex... Micro-
Prose is developing Star Trek: The Next Gen-
eration: Birth of the Federal ion, a turn -based
multi-player strategy game of space exploration,
expansion and tactical combat. They shipped in
November their Sci-Fi/Fantasy expansion
worlds for Sid Meier's Civilization H, and plan
a multi -player version called Ultimate Civ II.
— SKT

Use only short, controlled bursts. Hit the
weak spots and move out.

This column is dedicated lo voicing gamer
concerns about how the computer wargame
genre can improve. I wish to generate short,
constructive criticism from this magazine's
readers intended to help advance the computer
game design process. Readers, mail me your
comments (belter yet, email them to AHGen-
eral@aol.com). —SKT

1830 and ADVANCED CIVILIZATION are
my favorites, because they are great games.
Talonsoff s Battleground Waterloo has so
much minute simulation that the game moves
too slowly and the AI is weak. That's why
J 830 is so great — the Al is so hard to beat.
Computer manufacturers should concentrate
on finding elegant games and creating sophis-
ticated AI.

— Togu Oppusunggu, Brooklyn, NY

A note to those subjected lo fire: take
solace that you hold ground worthy of a fight.

CONVENTION CALENDAR)

Please submit announcements at least six months in advance of the event to ensure timely publication. Feel free to e-mail information to ahgencral.com

1 . Write Louie Tokarz, 5724 W. 106th St., #2E,
Chicago Ridge, IL 60415 or call 708-857-7060
or email MGLouie@aol.com. Web page at
member.aol.com/HymesC/WCW.html.

PrezCon '98
Feb. 26-Mar. 1, 1998, Charlottesville, VA

This fifth annual event sponsored by THc
GAMe PLACe is held at The Double Tree
Hotel (1-804-973-2121). It features a variety
of multi-player boardgames, some two-player
games, card games and miniatures, including
demonstration for beginners. Registration
before February 5th is S25; no event fees.
Write PrezCon, P.O. Box 4661, Char-
lottesville, VA 22905 or call 804-961-6953.

Cold Wars 1998
March 6-8.1998, Lancaster, PA

Held at the Lancaster Holiday Inn Host Resort
(717-299-5500), this miniatures convention,
sponsored by the Historical Miniatures Gaming
Society, will have as its theme this year the air
war of the Great War. Write Cold Wars 1998,
P.O. Box 5094. Hemdon, VA 20172-1996 or
email a co-director at dluff@erols.com or
avatar@wam.umd.edu.

ENLIGHTMENT '97
March 7-8, 1998, Hunt Valley, MD

This dedicated AGE OF RENAISSANCE con-
ference promises three rounds of the most
intense multi-player action short of AvalonCon
at the Hampton Inn — less than a mile from The
Hunt Valley Inn. AvalonCon -style plaques and
Swiss pairings. $20 registration. For more infor-
mation, write Don Greenwood, 1541 Redfield
Rd., Bel Air, MD 21015.

1998 Midwest Open
March 7-8, 1998, Kenosha, WI

This VICTORY IN THE PACIFIC tournament
will be held at the Days Inn at 1-94 and State
Rte. 50 (414-857-2311) and features six
rounds of open swiss-style, AREA-sanc-
tioned competition for five prizes. Pre-regis-
tration is S20 by February 21st. Write Glenn
E.L. Petroski, 6829 23rd Ave., Kenosha, WI
53143-1233 or call 414-654-5044 or e-mail
GELP@Juno.com.

Little Wars 1998
March 13-15, 1998, Rosemont, IL

This wargame miniatures convention will be
held at the Ramada Hotel O'Hare (847-827-
5131). Write Harold Johnson, 315 Hakins Rd.,
Lake Geneva, WI 53147 or call 454-248-3625.

March Madness *98 ASL Tournament
March 13-15, 1998, Overland Park, KS

This third annual ASL convention in Kansas
City is sponsored by Kinetic Energy Products
and is a six-round, Swiss style tourney with
special prizes for best novice and intermediate.
Pre -registration is $15 before March 1st, or
$20 afterwards. Write Mike Reed, 16200 W,
143rd Terrace, Olathe, KS 66062 or call 913-
780-1297.

Egyptian Campaign 1998
March 27-29, 1998, Carbondale, iL

This 11th annual convention is held on the
campus of Southern Illinois University and
features special guests, boardgames (including
DIPLOMACY), card games, role-playing, auc-
tion and miniatures contest. Write S.I.U.C.
Strategic Games Society, Office of Student
Development, 3rd Floor Student Center, Car-
bondale. IL 62901-4425 or call Joel Nadler at
618-529-4630 or email ECGamCon@aol.com
or visit www.siu.edu/~gamesoe.

ASL Scandinavian Open 1998
April 3-5, 1998, Copenhagen, Denmark

This will feature a 5-round, swiss-style tourna-
ment, with choice of three scenarios in each
round. Write Michael Hastrup-Leth, Hnsumgade
19. 4,Tv, 22 Copenhagen, Denmark or
e-mail has trap @ i mage .dk,

1998 ASL Open in Chicago
April 24-26, 1998, Burr Ridge, IL

This seven-round tournament features computer-
ized pairings using Chicago-style scoring and
includes a team tournament. Scenario list pro-
vided to pre-registrants. Shuttles to Midway and
O'Hare. Registration is $15 but $18 after March

Havoc XIV
April 25-26, 1998, Ayer, MA
BCBoston Inc.'s 1 4th annua! wargame con-
vention will be held at the Fort Devens Gym-
nasium. Write Peter Mancini, 200 Bedford
Rd., Apt. 17A, Wobrun, MA 01801 or call
617-933-9975

GameFest '98
May 1-3, 1998, Timonium, MD

The Games Club of Maryland will host their
first annual convention, with a strong focus
on Avalon Hill boardgames. Organizers are
seeking interested GMs. Write Gamefest, 9
Augusta Wood Court, Reisterstown, Mary-
land 21136 or E-mail gamesofmd@aol.com
or vi si t w w w , rtg ames . com/gamer es t.

Montreal ASL Festival
May 2-3, 1998, Montreal, Quebec

Held at the Downtown Days Inn (1-800-567-
0880), this con is limited to 28 players and fea-
tures 4-5 rounds with choice of 3
scenarios/round. Point scoring like at ASL
Open. Prizes to top two players. Registration is
$15. Write Michael Rodgers, 5187 Beamish,
Pierrefonds, Quebec, Canada H8Z 3G4 or
phone 514-620-5757 or email Michael-
Rodgers@compu serve.com .

Tachy~Con
June 5-7, 199S, Orlando, FL

The FUN Florida Science-Fiction Convention
will be held at the Adam's Mark Hotel at Florida
Mail (800-444- ADAM) and will feature guest
authors, 24-hour programming and gaming,
panels, auction, dealers, workshops, contests
and more. Registration is $20 before April 1st;
$25 afterwards. Visit http://www.ao.net/-tachy-
con or write taehycon@ao.net or P.O. Box
3382, Winter Park, FL 32790-3382 or call 407-
628-1454.

EkeJ o _the

Fire In The Galaxy (FIG) - The game youVe been waiting for, Upmost complex and detailed -

turn based emailgame in existence., FIG will challenge even the mosrtexpefienced gamer. Bored 'Of

predictable At games? Enter pur galaxy. Meet challenges head oh,, using strategies that will change

' with each new turn, and with each new opponent. ..Each-game holds new challenges, because ■ ■ -

each game is different. - " • .. ' .''..,"■

. Up to twelve players from around the world will vie for the right to rule the galaxy. Test your .
leadership skills, your' creativity,. and your. nerve. "Do you have what it takes to become the Fire. In The
'Galaxy? . '• ■ ...

. Customized games are available. Request a special game just for your friends and family, "or
try your skill against unknown opponents. ..'."■

But beware: Due to stunning graphics, a user friendiy interface, and an extraordinarily broad .
range-of play, FIG can be habit forming.' * '" '.

■Mum
m. mm mimm

Visit our web site for more information about FIG

and other products. Download FIG for free.

www.tacticalsim.com

E-Mail us at support@tacticalsim.com

Tactical Simulation Inc.

.230 Rosed ale Rd. Princeton, N J. 08540'
(609)279:1661.

^^^EMZll

Research Airsa s

SB llvj <:.;■ jot

The Game of Airline Operations!

Take control of a major national airline in this exciting game o1
Fortune 500 business strategy! Control aircraft used
airlines today and vie for control of the top spot at the m
national airports in this head-to-head game of no-nona
airline competition. Can you build a great Air Carrier
succumb to the pitfalls of deregulation? Find out in AIRLINES!

V m «

*»

> ■

220 Cards

Less than an
hour to play

Every major
jet aircraft
type!

puvr sap

FAA

Safety Team

Inspection

ZJDt
IW
t?JT

Nil
SftT

■ 7S7'-atM [^|]g 1

■^

Boeing 757-200

ran
fhihj

Uinl

1 ■ EP 3

?=- v

^^ PLAY

EAST

i urp«l

1 l,.: |u«I (DCmll tfallH

HUB

MATIDIVAIAIR

77 .'r : -'..t " t

+ + + + + + + + +

Bfjr.ftg mid Mcllmuitl I Dene Is* ti adritmfc* Aft OMitd by (tic rapccievt coaijaata Tun u lxA cot officii puhf ication

www.nEt-93tE.com/ - gamesusa

Avalanche Press LTD

757-481-3655 $28 fgn&* APL202

STARSHIP TROOPERS
variant overlay pieces.

variant leader

discsand
tokens for
and the

1 tT**

* O N S °

A T

z i e

Dear Reader,

It has been over two years since we last surveyed our readers. The results were extremely helpful.
Your answers led to many of the new features and our new look. The changes have resulted in an
increase in our circulation, our subscriptions and our subscription renewals. All answers that you
provide are confidential and no personal information will be shared with anyone. We look forward to
seeing the results of this survey and urge you to participate.

1 . Do you read any magazines about boardgames, history, or strategy? Check all that apply:

□ American History □ America's Civil War □ Aviation History

□ Command □ Dragon Q Duelist □ Fangoria Q Fire & Movement □ Games

□ Inquest □ Military History □ Moves □ Pyramid □ Shadis

□ Starlog Q Strategy & Tactics a World War II Q Other:

2. How many people, including yourself, read your copy of The General?

3. What types of games (excluding computer games) do you play? (check all that apply)

□ Card games (non-collectible, excluding games like Bridge, Pinochle, etc.)

□ Collectible card games □ Diplomatic games □ Family games Q Fantasy games

□ Finance games □ Historical strategy games Q Live-action role-playing games

□ Military simulation games □ Railroad games □ Role-playing games

□ Science Fiction Q Trivia games □ Word games

3a. In question 3, above, circle the two types of games you play most often.

4. My favorite boardgames can be played in the following amount of time: (select one)

□ 1 hour or less □ 1 to 2 hours □ 2 to 5 hours

□ More than 5 hours □ Extended play over 3 or more sessions

5. Even if you chose 3 or more hours in questions 4, do you think that all games should include a
quick-start version that can be played in 1 to 2 hours?

□ Yes Q No □ It doesn't matter

6. How many board games do you purchase each year?

□ 1to4 Q 5 to 8 □ 9 to 12 □ more than 1 2

7. Which of the following sources do you use to obtain information about boardgames?

□ Browsing in stores □ Colleagues, Friends □ Game Magazines

Q History Magazines □ Salespeople a Internet □ Contact the company directly

□ Other

8. Do you own a computer? □ Yes □ No

8a. If no, do you plan to buy one?

□ within the next 6 months □ this year Q no plan to buy

9. What kind of computer do you own?

□ 486 □ Pentium 100 or less □ Pentium higherthan 100 Q Pentium II

□ Macintosh rj Macintosh/PowerPC

10. How much RAM (memory) is in your computer? MB

11 . Does your PC have a CD-ROM drive? □ Yes □ No

12. Do you access the Internet? □ Yes Q No

13. If no, how likely are you to begin using the Internet within the next 6 months?

□ Very likely Q Somewhat likely Q Not very likely

□ Not at all likely Q Don't know

14. Do you play computer games? □ Yes □ No

15. If yes, Which of the following types of computer games do you play regularly (check all that
apply)?

□ Real-time strategy □ Turn-based strategy □ War/Military □ Adventure

□ Role Playing rj Sports □ Simulators (like flight,, car sim's, etc.) □ Puzzle □ Education

□ Gambling □ Action/Arcade □ None

16. Have you played on-line games via email or the Internet? □ Yes a No

17. If no, how likely are you to start playing computer games on-line within the next 6 months?

□ Very likely a Somewhat likely □ Not very likely

□ Not at all likely □ Don't know

18. How many computer games do you purchase each year?

Qlto4 □ 5 to 8 □ 9 to 1 2 □ more than 12 □ none

19. What computer magazines do you regularly read:

□ Computer Gaming World □ Strategy Plus □ PC Gamer

□ PC Games □ Next Generation □ Home PC □ Boot Q Computer Life

□ PC Computing □ Windows Magazine □ Computer Game Entertainment

□ None □ Other:

20. Which of the following sources do you use to obtain information about computer games?
□ Browsing in stores Q Colleagues, Friends Q Computer Magazines
Q Computer Gaming Magazines □ Television □ Internet
Q Newspapers/News magazines Q Salespeople □ Other:

21. What is your age?

□ Under 18 □ 18-24 □ 25-34 □ 35-44 □ 45-54 Q55+

22. Please indicate your gender. Q Male □ Female

23. Please check your approximate total income before taxes

□ Under $19,999 □ $20,000-$29,999 Q $30,000-39,999

□ $40,0000-$49,999 □ $50,000-$59,999 Q $60,000-$74,999

□ $75,000-$99,999 □ $1 00,000+

24. What is the highest level of education you have attained?

□ High school graduate □ Attended college □ Graduated college

□ Post graduate study □ Post graduate degree

25. Which category best describes your occupation?

□ Chairman, President, CEO □ Director, Dept. Head, Manager

□ Other administrator □ Science, Engineer, Tech. Specialist

□ Professional/Educator q Clerical □ Laborer

□ Other employed □ Semi-retired Q Retired

26. Overall, how satisfied are you with The Genera!?

□ Very satisfied □ Generally satisfied □ Not very satisfied

Thank you so much for helping. It is very important for us to know as much as possible about
our readers. Fold this form in half so that our return address is exposed and tape both open sides.

Please use this space to make any comments about The General. Tell us about things you'd like to see more of or
what you'd like to see less. You can even say what you'd like to see Avalon Hill produce. Only you can tell us how
we can serve you better. Thanks again for helping with the survey and thank you for any comments you make here.

FOLD FORM IN THIRDS WITH THE GENERAL'S ADDRESS SHOWING - TAPE ENDS CLOSED.

Jt.

PLACE

POSTAGE
HERE

O •< The general

€P

4517 Harford Road
Baltimore, MD 21214

€> N

AVAILABLE NOW! BY POPULAR DEMAND!

AVALON HILL presents...

As you are reading this, Avalon Hill is
releasing TacOps Classic, the most
authentic war simulation computer game
ever developed. Now, for a limited time,
the original version for Mac and Windows
plus their expansion modules is available
on CD.

Imagine yourself in command of an
Army or Marine battalion in the '90s
You control over 70 different types
of tactical combat units and over 70
modern weapons systems.

TacOps Classic has a killer turn-
based system. You plan your
moves then watch the computer
Al and your forces battle it out.
While the action takes place,
you're watching the battle in real time
after both you and the enemy have plotted
your moves.

Never before and not since TacOps
was originally released has there been
a computer wargame that gives
players such infinite control over
everything that takes place on the
battlefield ... down to the amount of
ammunition expended.

The very thorough manual, which is
on the CD, is accessible from within
the game. If you love detailed
wargames TacOps Classic is sure to
please.

TacOps Classic

Please indicate quantity being ordered

TacOps Classic — $19.95

Postage and handling included for U.S. orders.

Add S5.00 for Canada and Mexico; add SI 0.00 for Foreign.

Method of Payment:

□ Check a Money Order

G Master Gard Q Visa a American Express

Card Expiration Date / (Mo./Yr)

Print name as it appears on your card

Street

City

State

(_).

Account Number
Your Daytime Phone #

FOR FASTEST SERVICE CALL CREDIT CARD ORDERS TD 1-80B-09B-3Z22

OR VISIT DUR 24-H00R BNUNE STORE AT wvjiu.iwalodiill.cmD

Your Signature

Send check or money order to:
Avalon Hill Game Company
4517 Harford Road
Baltimore, MD 21214

OK, SEND MY SUBSCRIPTION TO:
Name

Address

City / State.

Apt. #_

Zip.

RENEWAL Q NEW □

PLEASE INDICATE METHOD OF PAYMENT

CHECK ij MONEY ORDER J CHARGE □

ACCOUNT NUMBER
Exp. Date

SIGNATURE

OK, SEND MY SUBSCRIPTION TO:
N a me

Address

City /Slatc_

Apt. #_

Zip_

RENEWAL Q NEW □

PLEASE INDICATE METHOD OF PAYMENT

CHECK □ MONEY ORDER □ CHARGE □

ACCOUNT NUMBER
Exp. Date

THE GENERAL MAGAZINE
U.S. RATES:

□ I YEAR

□ 2 YEARS

□ SINGLE ISSUE
CANADA & MEXICO

□ [ YEAR

□ 2 YEARS

□ SINGLE ISSUE
OVERSEAS:

J 1 YEAR $48 Postpaid

□ 2 YEARS $87 Postpaid

□ SINGLE ISSUE $12 Postpaid

Overseas residents may find costs cheaper
from agents neat them; agent names and
addresses available upon written request.

SIS Postpaid
$29 Postpaid
S 5 Postpaid

SJ6 Postpaid
565 Postpaid
$10 Postpaid

THE GENERAL MAGAZINE
U.S. RATES:

□ I YEAR

□ 2 YEARS

□ SINGLE ISSUE
CANADA & MEXICO

□ I YEAR

□ 2 YEARS

□ SINGLE ISSUE
OVERSEAS:

□ I YEAR S4S Postpaid

_l : YEARS $87 Postpaid

J SING! E ISSUE $12 Postpaid

Overseas residents may find costs cheaper
from agents near them; agent names and
addresses available upon written request.

$18 Postpaid
$29 Postpaid
S 5 Postpaid

S36 Postpaid
S65 Postpaid
$10 Postpaid

SIGNATURE.

OK, SEND MY SUBSCRIPTION TO:
Name

Address

RENEWAL □ NEW □

PLEASE INDICATE METHOD OE PAYMENT

CHECK Q MONEY ORDER □ CHARGE □

ACCOUNT NUMBER
Exp. Date

THE GENERAL MAGAZINE
U.S. RATES:

□ I YEAR

□ 2 YEARS
Q SINGLE ISSUE
CANADA & MEXICO
Q l YEAR

□ 2 YEARS

□ SINGLE ISSUE
OVERSEAS:

□ I YEAR $48 Postpaid
Q 2 YEARS $87 Postpaid

□ SINGLE1SSUE $12 Postpaid

Overseas residents may find costs cheaper
from agents near them; agent names and
addresses available upon written request.

$18 Postpaid
$29 Postpaid
$ 5 Postpaid

S3 6 Postpaid
$65 Postpaid

$10 Postpaid

SIGNATURE.

THE AVALON HILL GAME COMPANY
45 17 Harford Road
Baltimore MD 21214

PLACE

POSTAGE

STAMP

HERE

son he*

^SEMUTA DRUGS

THE AVALON HILL GAME COMPANY
4517 Harford Road
Baltimore MD 21214

PLACE

POSTAGE

STAMP

HERE

STONE MO#
BURNER *

'StoMiaws 1

THE AVALON HILL GAME COMPANY
45 17 Harford Road
Baltimore MD 21214

PLACE

POSTAGE

STAMP

HERE

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The General Magazine Vol32i1"

See other formats